Google
This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.
It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.
Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.
Usage guidelines
Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:
+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.
+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.
+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.
+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.
About Google Book Search
Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web
at |http: //books .google .com/I
rt i IwhMA-^ '■"■'"
From the library of
PHIUP WHALEY HABSH
1 905-1 960
Professor of Classics of Stanford
1937-1960
NALOPAKHYANAM,
OB,
THE TALE OF NALA.
Hottton: 0. J. CLAY, M.A.,
CAMBRIDGE UNIVJEBSITY PEESS WABEHOUSE,
17, Patebnosteb Row.
Cantfitftufle: deighton, bell, and co.
fte^iis: F. A. BBOOEHAUS.
\AhV\ahharoLk^
nalopakhyAnam,
OB,
THE TALE OF NALA;
CONTAINING THE SANSKRIT TEXT IN BOMAN CHARACTERS,
FOLLOWED BY
A VOOABTJLAEY
IN WHICH EACH WORD IS PLACED UNDER ITS ROOT, WITH REFERENCES TO
DBI^IVED WORDS JN COGNATE LANGUAGES^
AND
A SKETCH OF SANSKRIT GRAMMAR.
BY THE
REV. THOMAS JARRETT, MA.
TRINITY COLLEGE,
REGIUS PROFESSOR OF HEBREW, LATE PROFESSOR OF ARABIC. AND FORMERLY
FELLOW OF ST CATHARINE'S COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE.
EDITED FOR THE SYNDICS OF THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.
NEW EDITION REVISED.
AT THE UNIYEKSITY PEESS.
1882
[All Rights reserved.]
KUH
Demy Svo, 12s,
NOTES ON THE TALE OF NALA,
FOB THE USE OF CLASSICAL STUDENTS,
By JOHN PEILE, M.A.,
FELLOW AND TUTOB OF CHBIBl'S COLLEGE.
Honbon :
CAMBEIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS WAREHOUSE,
17, PATERNOSTER ROW.
The following pages are intended for the benefit of those
persons who are deterred from the study of Sanskrit in con-
sequence of the complicated characters in which that language
is usually printed. The transliteration here employed diflfers
from that hitherto adopted; but will, it is believed, be found
more simple in several respects.
The annexed Table will show the sound to be given to
each symbol:
in iQch.
,^ trampet.
„ drain.
„ no.
„ tongue.
„ den.
„ content*
„ pen.
„ bind.
„ me.
„ rise.
„ long.
„ vine.
„ session.
„ shine.
„ sun.
„ hot.
h is a gentle aspiration used only at the end of a syllable.
m is an obscure nasal used as a substitute for m or n in
certain cases.
When h follows any consonant, it is to be sounded separately
from that consonant, instead of combining with it; as, gh in log-
house^ and th in pent-house.
a, as
a
in
America;
an
obscure
n as n
soiind between a
in
t „ t
mem and
u in hut.
d „ d
•
a „
a
»
father.
^ » 31
1 „
•
1
>»
bit.
t „ t
i 5,
•
1
»
machine.
d „ d
^i »
u
»
put.
n „ n
^ »
u
»
truth.
P » P
e „
e
»
there.
b „ b
„
)>
no.
m „ in
ai „
•
1
»
nigh.
7 >y 7
au „
ou
»)
thou.
r „ r
n »
ri
»
writ.
1 „ 1
n «
ree
»
reed.
V „ V
k „
k
>>
book.
s „ ss
g >'
g
»
log.
s „ sh
n. „
n
}>
think.
s „ s
c „
oh
>>
much.
h „ h
J >>
J
»
join.
Trunch Rectory,
Oct, 1, 1874.
CONTENTS.
PAOB
Nalopaehyanam 1
vocabulaby 86
Sketch of Sansebit Gbamaiab 145
Table I. — Declensions of Nouns.
Table U. — ^Numerals. Declensions of Numerals.
Table III. —Declension of Pronouns.
Table IV.— Conjugational Tenses of Verbs.
Table V. — The verbs bhu and as in all their tenses.
CORRIGENDA IN NALOPAKHYANAM.
IlQH
1,
first line, for Ynhadasva
read Vrihadasva
•
i1
verse
\ 4a, for samyat*-
read samyat'-
»»
76, after sfJia
insert comma
»»
2,
10b, after prapa
dele comma
>»
21a, for tvadanyam
read tvad-anyam
»l
22a, for agamans
read agamams
»t
3,
23&, f(yr sa
read sa
)>
24&, for khagamans
read khagamams
»»
245, at end
insert colon
»»
276, for Aflvino
read Asvmoh
««
4,
26, after babhuva
deU fnll stop
»»
36, at end, for comma
put fnll stop
»»
4a, after na
dele hyphen
11
5a, /or asvasth&m
read a-svasth&m
•
11
6a, /or nar* esvare
read nar-esvare
11
9a, for 8 (above line)
read 6
11
10a, after sarve
dele comma
11
116, for dnsyair
read dnsyaur
11
116, after dnsyair
dele comma
11
6,
126, for 'vaRans
read Vasams
11
15a, at end
dele comma
11
))
16a, for avayoh
read &vayoh
11
17a, for vacah
read vacah
•
11
176, for tyakta-]ivita, yod-
hmah
•
read tyakta-]ivita-yodhmah
11
18a, at end, for semi-colon
read comma
11
19a, for ksatnyAh
read ksatriyah
11
11
216, at end
itisert fnll stop
11
23a, for ratna bhutam
read ratna-bhutam
11
7,
11
4a, for apam patih
read apam-patih
11
106, for "praveksyas* iti
read *• praveksyas* " iti
11
8,
11
126, over line, for 35
read 36
»» •
11
126, for vapusa
read vapusa
>»
136, over line, for 16
read 19
11
11
176, for bhavisati
read bhavisyati
206, /or V
read 'ay
21o, /or full atop
read f
236, jor Bobhane
read uobhane
4a, /or mam
read tnAm
6a,
deU oomma
66, S'^ Pida rajasA
read pida-rajasi
7a, /or YiprsTam
rea<J Tipnyam
7b, oSterxsAm
f™«-[ oomma
lOo, end
dele comma
11*. for dhMM' fttmatiaiii
12a, after lokap&Un&m
iiuert colon
146, a/Cer bbartoram
tjwerf colon
16a, Jot dcvatiimm
reiul devatan&m
ITo, a/(rrdbaniiti,/orcommarea<I colon
17a, end, for toll stop
rfod comma
176. for nv' kniiam
r«fl<I av-irtham
176, after kamj4mi, /or
OOUUDS
read oolon
20a, for twam
read tram
206, a/ier Bane
iiwerf flomaift
206, /or sirayMn
nod nayun
206, end
imert foil etop
21a, OTei Una
.2tl« 6
23a, end of line
iTutrt cOTnma
r<ad varny amine 8U
29a, after taim
deU comma
316, eivl of Una
iM^t (■')
read Byayam-vare
26. end «f line
imert foil Btop
46, end of line
tiuert fall itop
66, for ocpEima
read full stop
66. end of line
i7utert foU Btop
76, end of line
iruert comma
17o, for ■rotva
read srutrt
22a, after karnnam
tfcJ* comma
22a, over line, for 92
rM4 60
236, for yath' oktam
read yath'-oktam
24a, end, for seiMHSolon
read oomma
27a, over line, for 69
read 68
286, for eabdo
read sabdo
35a, for yajne
read yajfie
406, after Damayantja
deU comma
136, after Kale, for full atop read comma
1S6, for aahayyam
rend saMyjam
4a, for Nalam aamipam.
read Nalam, samipam
8a, for ni
read na
8(1. end of line
inieri oolon
Page 18,
tj
>»
»>
>>
I)
»>
M
»
>»
J>
>>
JJ
»>
»)
»>
»J
»J
>)
»>
»»
»•
!>
)»
19,
20,
21,
22,
23,
24,
26,
27,
28,
29,
„ 30,
>>
„ 32,
verse 86,
16a,
176,
18a,
186,
9a,
11a,
17a,
226,
la,
36,
9a,
186,
206,
24a,
246,
2oa,
27a,
28a,
30a,
306,
346,
la,
2a,
26,
36,
186,
29a,
26,
4a,
10a,
106,
16a,
186,
21a,
226,
236,
30a,
30a,
346,
la,
136,
17a,
176,
18a,
266,
296,
30a,
,>
>»
>>
>,
,»
,»
>j
>»
»»
»,
>>
»>
»>
»>
j>
j>
>>
»»
»>
,»
M
))
>,
,»
,»
,5
»»
n
n
>,
M
»»
M
>>
n
jj
>>
,>
>j
XI
/of Vaidttfbhyah
for rticir-&pan-gi
for dithkh'-Arta
after Pnskarasya
after mas&n
for -paran-mukhan
for Vnhatsena
before and after manye
after &ropya
/o7* Punyslokasya
for sadhn
a/fer tasya
for prana-y&tram
for bharto
end of line
for &rto
for -trisa-
and 306, for -artasya
after Damayanti
end of line
for ato nittnttam
after mama
end of line, for colon
end of line, for full stop
end of line
for sabh* oddese
for nast' ktm&
for mah&-fa]
for nknu
for r&j' endra
end of line
after duhkh'artto
end of line
for *byagat4m
end of line
for kun artham
for tvam'
for abhyagata
for -artas
for nihitya
after iha
end of line
after Manu-]a-vyaghra
after arhasi
end of line, for full stop
end of line, for ?
end of line, for comma
read VaidatbhyAh
read nicit-4pan^im
read dnhkh'-ktitk
dele comrn^
imert comma
read par^mukh&n
read Vnhatsenft
insert commas
insert comma
read Pnnyaslokasya
read B&dhu
dele commd
read pr&na-yatr4m
read bharta
dele comma
read ditto
dele commas
read -trisa-
read arttasya
dele comma
insert full stop
read ato-mnuttam
insert comma
read comma
read 1
insert full stop
read 8abh*-odde§e
read nast*-4tm&
read maha-raj'
read nana
read r&j*-endra
dele (?)
dele comma
deU fall stop
read *bhyagatam
insert full stop
read kim-artham
read tvam,
read abhyagata
read arttas
read nibatya
dele comma
dele comma
insert comma
insert comma
read comma
read comma
read ?
Xll
Page 82, verse 806, end of line, for fall stop read comma
88, „ 82a, for asan-kite read asankita
866, /or sagaramgamam read sagaram-gamam
876, for n'aika-varnair read n*-aika-varnair
40a, end of line intert comma
406, end of line imert comma
446, for cator-yarnyasya read catorvarnyasya
45a, for raja-snya read rajasnya
84, „ 456, end of line, for fall stop read comma
^
»»
If
II
II
II
II
476,
f&r npasthitham
read npasthit&m
50a,
end of line
imert comma
57a,
for atmanam
read atmanam
86,
59a,
after nddham
insert comma
606,
for disam
read disam
63a,
end of line
insert comma
64a,
end of line, for fall
stop read comma
68a,
for vmaya *vanata
read vmaya-'vanata
86,
726,
dele comma and full stop
766,
after Bhimo
dele comma
87,
99a,
after pnnya-jala
dele comma
88,
1016,
end of line
imert colon
108a,
f&r art&
read &rtta
Ilia,
dele commas
89,
1186,
for asi
read asi
120a,
f(yr va, tvam
read v& tvam.
1256,
end of line
imert full stop
126a, f(yr nn-patun ksipram, read nri-patmi, ksipram
40, „ 1296, for kntsne read kntsne
131a, for bamjah read banijah
2a, end of line d^le comma
3a, for banijah read banijah
41, n 7a, end of line, for comma read colon
14c, after patit& deU comma
166, end of line insert colon
17a, after grinidhvam imert comma
42, „ 26a, for kntva read kritva
266, for comma read full stop
286, after lostabhih and tn-
naih dele commas
286, after aiva imert comma
29a, for kntyakam read kntyakam
43, „ 326, after vac&, for comma read colon
38a, after yuthena imert colon
38a, end of line imert colon
396, end of line, for comma read colon
40a, end of line, for comma read full stop
42a, end of line, for cotnma read colon
44a, for para-gaih read paragaih
»i
If
»i
If
If
II
fi
II
II
II
ff
II
II
II
II
II
I
Xlll
Page 44,
verse 50a,
saran' arthini
read saran -arthini
•
>»
»»
506,
after pasy&mi
insert comma
»»
45,
»»
706,
after kartavyam
insert comma
n
>>
72a,
after kansyami
insert colon
tf
46,
n
16,
for mahantam
read mahantam
»»
*i
56,
for sapto
read sapto
»»
»i
76,
after sreyas
insert colon
i>
»»
86,
after bhavisyami
insert colon
it
47,
)f
206,
between ved' and &ksa,
, dele hyphen
it
48,
II
23a,
for soke
read soke
»♦
II
26a,
for datva
read dattva
»»
49,
II
86,
for Varsneya
read Varsneya
»»
II
136,
after nari
insert colon
»»
II
176,
after punyena
insert comma
»»
II
186,
after angi
insert comma
»»
50,
II
2a,
for datva
read dattva
»»
II
6a,
for r&str&ni
read rastrani
• • •
»»
II
86,
end of line, for full stop read comma
i>
II
10a,
end of line, for full stop insert colon
>»
It
106,
for snyam
read Snyam
*t
61,
»i
126,
end of line, for full stop read comma
It
II
136,
end of line
insert comma
»»
It
18a,
after second hin&m
dele comma
»»
II
206,
after deham
insert comma
»♦
63,
II
26,
after Punyaslokasya
dele comma
)i
II
26,
for dhimatah
read dhimatah
»»
II
66,
after asyas
insert comma
M
II
8a,
after rupam
insert colon
it
II
8a,
end of line
dele comma
»♦
64,
II
19a,
after bhavisyati
insert comma
»»
65,
II
266,
end of line, for full stop read comma
»»
56,
II
376,
for utsnjya
read utsrijya
))
II
39a,
end of line, for full stop read comma
»»
II
436,
for ann-samsyam
read anrisamsyam
»»
57,
II
36,
end of line, for comma
read full stop
»»
II
86,
after jita-svarga
insert comma
»l
II
9a,
end of line
insert colon
»»
58,
II
12a,
after va *pi
insert comma
l>
II
236,
for svam-varam
read svayam-varam
»»
69,
II
66,
after api
insert colon
l»
60,
II
106,
after -vy&ghra
insert comma
»»
It
106,
after -nagarim
iTisert comma
»»
It
11a,
for asv&nam
read asvan&m
it
11
14a,
for pnthu
read pnthu
M
II
156,
after kartum
insert colon
>>
II
18a,
end of line
insert colon
>J
It
186,
for manyase
read manyase
n
61,
It
31a,
after Vahukasya
dele comma
XIV
Page 62,
63,
64,
65,
66,
67,
68,
69,
70,
71,
72,
73,
74,
75,
76,
77,
78,
79,
80,
81,
vej^e 3^7a,
5&,
13&,
ISa,
266,
29a,
296,
31a,
39a,
6a,
66,
7a,
76,
96,
126,
19a,
276,
7a,
86,
166,
186,
22a,
246,
266,
29a,
306,
16,
11a,
166,
3a,
3a,
106,
126,
20a,
246,
396,
3fl,
4a,
66,
76,
166,
186,
8a,
86,
96,
14a,
14a,
»»
ii
If
»f
»»
»»
»»
ii
a
I)
I*
»»
>f
»»
ii
»»
I)
»»
>f
»»
I)
»»
»i
M
>l
»»
1»
J)
»»
J»
>l
»»
>»
»>
»J
>>
»>
♦ »
M
>»
»>
/i>r sAn^ahane
for abartum
for paro-'ksata
for karu
beginnmg of line
for visarft-dam
end of line
after me
for artftsya
adrisyata
end of line, for comma
for sikmah
end of line
end of line
after yiram
after raj-endro
end of line
for s'iU
for kimartbam
bliavit& sva
end of line
end of line, for comma
(^ter jiift-svarga
after ya *pi
after so^^um
for va
for prakfi-alan'
end of line
end oi line
after ekah
for utsryya
for utsryya
before and after tapas^
for utsnjya
after karya
end of line
for pratignhya
end of line
end of line
after icchami
for hndayam
after dyntam
after aato
after upayena
for upasthasyati
after upasthayati
read jstan-grahanain
reoft ahartoi^
re4id paroksati
read Kuru
insert (**)
read visaradam
insert colon
dele comma
read arttasya
read adrisyat
read colon
read sikhmah
dele full stop
insert full stop
insert comma
insert comma
dele comma
read 'e'" iti
read kun-artbam
read "bbavita sva"
read gu^as
read ntsiiijya
deU comma
read full stop
insert comma
insert comma
insert comma
read vai
read praksalan'
djele x^nuna
insert colon
insert colon
read utspjya
read utsnjya
dele commas
read utsnjya
insert colon
insert colon
read pratigribya
read colon
read fuU stop
ijjsert comma
read bndayam
insert comma
insert vaj
insert conuna
read npasthafityati
dele comma
k
XV
Page 81, verse 14a, after vyaktam
14a, for Sakram
82, „ 32a, for panra-iana-padas
33&, after prapta
33&, for sata-kratum
35a, for sat-kntya
insert oonuua
read Sakram
read paura-janapadas
insert comma
read Sata-kratum
read sat-kritya
NAL'-OPAKHYANAM.
I.
3
Vrihadasva uvaca,
asid raja, Nalo nama, Virasenansuto, ball,
12 80
upapanno gunair istai, rupavan^ asva-kovidahj 1
86
atisthad manu-j'-endranam murdhni^ deva-patir iva,
upaiy upan sarvesam, aditya iva tejasa; 2
brahmanyo, v^darvic, cliiiro, Nisadhesu mahi-patih^
aksa-pnyah, satya-vadi, mabjn, aksaiihini-patih, 3
.10 ^ 1* ' '
ipsito yara-narinam, udarah, ^amyat'-endriyah,
raki^lta^ dhanyinam srestah^ s'-aksad iva Maiiuh avayam* 4:
81 *'
tath' aiV asid Yidarbhesu Bbimo, bhima-patakiamah,
a
surah, sarva-gunair yuktah, praja-kazniLh, fia c'apraja^ 5
16 48
sa prajar'rthe param yatnam akarpt BusaiQalutah.
19
tarn abhyagacchad brahina-'rsir Damaiio nama, B)iarata. 6
* 89
tarn sa Bhimah, praja-]cam^^ tosayama^ dluLrmarYit,
mahisya saha, raj*-endra, sat-karena suvarcasam. 7
87 ^40
tasmai prasanno Datnanah sa-bharyaya Taram dadau,
kanya-ratnam, komarans ca trin, udaran, malia-yafiah, 8
Damayantim, Damam, Pantam, Damanam ca suvarcasam,
1
2 nal'-opAkhyAnam. I-
12
upapannan gunaih sarvair, bhiman, bhima-parakraman. 9
Damayanti tu rupena, tejasa, yasasa, snya^
10
saubhagyena ca lokesu yasah prapa^smnadliyama. 10
10* ^ 16
atha tarn, vayasi prapte, dasinam samalain-kritam
82
satam satam sakhinam ca paryupasac Chacim iva. 11
26 ^ ^ 16
tatra sma raj ate Bhauni, sarv'-abliarana-bhusita^
Bakhi-madhye, 'navady'-an.gi, vidyut saudanmn yatha, 12
12 . ^ 1
atdva rupa-sampanna^ Srir iv', ayata-locana.
na devesu, na yaksesu, tadrig rupavati kvacit 13
42 28
mSnusesv api c* anyesu dnsta-purva, *tlia va sruta,
dtta-pramat.hi n i bala devanam api, mindari. 14
Nalas ca nara-sardulo, lokesv apratimo bbuyi,
26
tasyah samipe tu Nalam prasasamsuh kutuhalat;
Naisadhasya samipe tu Damayantim punah punah. 16
42 14 28
tayor adnsta-kamo 'bbut, Brmvatoh satatam gunan;
6
aiiyo-*iiyani prati, Kaunteya, sa vyavaixihata hnc-chayah, 17
27 45
asaknuvan Nalah kamam tada dbarayitum hnda,
82 19
autah-pura-samipa-sthe vana aste, raho gatah. 18
42 . ^ 16
sa dadarsa tato bamsan, jata^ruparpans-kntan ;
21 20
vane vicaratam tesam ekam jagraha paksinam. 119
23
tato 'ntar-iksa-go yacam vysgabara Nalam tada,
22 81 16 *
'^bantayyo 'smi na te, rajan, kansyami tava pnyam. 20
18
Damayantinsa-kase tyam kathayisyami, Kaisadha,
9
yatba tvad-anyam purusam na sa mamsyati karbicit." 21
8 84
evam uktas tato bamsam utsasarja mabi-patib.
11 19
te tu bamsah samutpatya Vidarbban agama^s tatah. 22
I. NAL'-OPlKHYlNAM. 3
19
Yidarbharnagarim gatva, Damajantyas tada 'iitike
11 .42
nipetus te garutmantah, sa dadarsa ca tan ganan. 23
14 42 4
sa tan adbhuta-rupan vai dnstva, saklii-gan*-avrita,
24 20 ^ 88 17
hxiatk, grahitum khargamaias tyaraman' opacakrame ; 24
86
atha liamsa yisasnpuh sarvatah pramada-vane j
41
ek'-aikasas tada kanyas tan haipsa.n samupadrayam 25
44
Damayanti tu yam hamsain samupadliayad antike^
16 ^ 18
sa, manusim giram kntva, Damayantim ath' abravit, 26
'^ Damayanti, Nalo nama Nisadhesu mabi-patih,
Asyind[|Sadriso rape, na samas tasya manusah. 27
14
tasya vai yadi bbarya tvam bhayetha, yara-yarninl,
14
sa-phalam te bhayej. j^mna,. rupam c' edain,. sumadLyanie. 28
yayam hi deya-gandharya-manus'-oraga-raksasan
42 42
dnstayanto, na c' asmabhir dnsta-pnryas tatha-yidbah : 29
• •• / •••X •/
tyam c' api ratnam nannam, naresu ca Nalo yarah;
29 14
visistaya inmatena samgamo gumvan bhayet," 30
8
eyam nkta tu hamsena Damayanti, yisam pate,,
18 * 7
abrayit tatra tarn hamsam, "tyam apy evam Nale yada." 31
8
tath' ety nktya *nda-jah kanyam Vidarbhasya, yisam pate,
19 8
ptinar agamya Nisadban, Nale saryam nyayedayat. 32
iti Nal'-opakhyane prathamah. sargah..
1. yam. 9. man 17. kram 25. raj 33. sa 41. dm
2. yu] 10. &p 18. kath 26. sams 84. sri] 42. dns
3. yao 11. pat 19. gam 27. sak 35. snp 43. dha
4. yn 12. pad 20. grah 28. sra 36. stha 44. dhav
5. vridh 13. bru 21. car 29. sis 37. sad 45. dhn
• • •
6. VIS 14. bha 22. ban 30. is 38. tvar 46. jan
7. vad 15. bhus 23. hn 81. as 39. tus
• • •
8. vid 16. kri 24. hris 82. as 40. da
nal'-opAkhtAjtam.
II.
2
Vnhadasva uvaca,
29
Damayanti tu, tac chrutva raco hamsasya, Bharata,
IS
tatah prabhnti na svansth^, Nalam prati, babhuva sa. 1
tatas cinta-para, dina, yiyarna-yadana, knsa,
18
babhuva. Damayanti tu nih-svasa-parama tada, 2
7
urdbyardnstir, dhyana-para babhuV, onmatta-darso&ay
8
pandu-varna ksanen' atha, hnc-chay'-avista-cetana, 3
1
na-sayy'-asana-bhogesu ratim vindati karhicit;
28 27
na naktam, na diva sete, '' ha h'" eti rudati punah. 4
23
tarn asvastham tad-akaram sakhyas ta jajnur m-gitaih.
tato Yidarbha-pataye Damayantyah sakhi-janah 6
6
nyavedayat tarn asvastham Damayantim nar* esvare.
29
tac chrutva nri-patir Bhimo Damayanti-sakhi-ganat, 6
21 80
cintayamasa tat karyam sumahat svam sutam prati
24
"kim lyam duhita me *dpk n* &ti-sva-fitti* eva l&ksyate?" 7
89 ^ 8
sa samiksya mahi-palah svam sutam prapta-yauvanam,
88
apasyad atmana karyam Damayantyah svayam-varam. 8
8
sa sanmmantrayamasa mahi-palan visam patih,
18
"anubhuyatam ayam, virah, svayam-vara^" iti, prabho. 9
29
srutva tu parthivah sarve, Damayantyah svayam-varam,
20
abhijagmus tato Bhimam rajano Bhima-sasanat, 10
10
hasty-asva-ratharghosena purayanto vasum-dharam,
vicitra-maly'-abharanair balair drisyaih, sv-alam-kntaih. 11
tesam Bhimo maha-bahuh parthivanam maha-'tmanam
11. NAL*-0PAKHYANAM. 5
17 4 • 9
yatha *rliam akarot pujam; te 'vasans tatra pujitah. 12
etasmiiin eva kale ta suranam nsi-sattamau,
S4 20
atamanau maha-'tmanav, Indra-lokam ito gatau, 13
Naradah, Parvatas c' aiva, maha-prajnau, maha-vratau,
8 9
devarrajasya bhavanam vivisate supujitau. 14
25
tav arcajitva Maghava tatah knsalam avyayam,
11 20
papracch' anamayam c' api tayoh garva-gatam vibhuh. 15
Narada uvaca,
'^avayoh kusalam, deva, sarvatra gatam, isvara,
loke ca, Maghayan, kntsne nn-pah kusaliho^ vibho.'' 16
Vnhadasva uvaca,
11
Naradasya vacah srutva papraccha Bala-Yntra-ha,
85
"dharma-jnah pnthivi-palas, tyakte-jivite, yodhmah, 17
20
sastrena nidhanam kale ye gacchanty aparan-mukhah ;
ayam loko 'ksayas tesam, yath* aiva mama kama-dhuk ; 18
88
kva nu te ksatnyah sura ? na hi pasyami tan aham
20 87
agacchato mahi-palan, dayitan atithin mama/' 19
15
eyam uktas tu Sakrena Karadah pratyabhasata,
Narada uyaca,
29 ' 88
"srinu me, Maghayan, yena na dnsyante mahi-ksitah. 20
29
Vidarbha-rajno duhita, *Damayanti' 'ti visruta,
18
rupena samatikranta pnthivyam sarya-yositah ' 21
18
tasyah syayam-yarah, Sakra, bhayita na cirad lya.
20
tatra gacchanti rajano, raja-putras ca saryasa^, 22
18 26
tarn ratna bhutam lokasya prarthayanto mahi-ksitah ;
16
kan-ksanti sma visesena, Bala-Vntra-msudana." 23
19
etasmin kathyamane ta loka-palas ca &* agnikah
6 nal'-opAkhyAnam. II,
20
ajagm\ir deya-rajasya samipam amar^-ottamah. 24
29
tatas te susruvuh sarre Naradasya yaco maliat,
29 12 22 20
srutV aiva c' abruvan hnstah, "gacchamo vayam apy uta." 25
tatah sarye maha-rajah sa-ganah Saharyahanah
20
Yidarbhan ablujagmus te yatah sarye mahi-ksitah. 26
Nalo 'pi raja, Kaiinteya, srutya rajnam samagamam,
20
abhyagacchad adin'-atma, Damayantim anuyratah. 27
38 82
atha deyah pathi Nalam dadnsur bhu-tale sthitam
s'.-aksad lya sthitam murtya Manmatham rupa-sampada. 28
14
tarn dnstya loka-palas te bhrajamanam yatha rayim,:
20 81 ^
tasthur yigata-san-kalpa yismita rupa-sampada. 29
88
tato 'ntar-ikse yistabhya yimanani diy-aukasah,
12 86
abruyan Naisadham, rajann, ayatirya nabhas-talat, 30
"bho bho Naisadlia, raj'-endra, Nala, satya-vrato bhayan;
17 18
asmakam kuru sahayyam, duto bhaya, iiar*-ottama." 31
iti Nar-opakbyane dyitiyah sargah.
1. vind 9. piij 17. bn 25. arc 33. sthambh
2. yao 10. piir 18. kram 26. arth 34. at
3. VIS 11. pracch 19. kath 27. rad 35. tya]
4. yas 12. bru 20. gam 28. hi 36. tri
6. yid 13. bhu 21. cit 29. sru 37. de
6. mantr 14. bhra] 22. hria 30. sa 38. dns
7. mad . 15. bhas 23. ]n& 31. smi 39. iks
8. &p 16. kanks 24. laks 32. Bth&
nal'-opAkhtAnam.
IIL
Yrihadasva uvaca,
28 17
tebhyah pratijnaya Nalah "kansya," iti, Bharata,
10 86
ath' aitan panpapraccha knt'-anjalir upasthitah,
8
"ke vaa bhavantah? kas c' asau yasy* aham duta ipsitahl
17 20 *
kim ca tad vo maya karyam? kathayadhvam yatha-tatham." 2
2 16
evam ukte Naisadhena, Maghavan abhyabhasata,
18 * 21
"amaran vai mbodh* asman Damayanty-artham agatan. 3
aham Indro, 'yam Agms ca, tath' aiV ayam apam..patih ,
sarir'-anta-karo nrmam Tamo 'yam api, parthiva. 4
7
tvam yai samagatan asman Damayaatyai nivedaya,
40 87
'loka-pala mah-endr*-adyah jsabham yanti didnksavah, -5
8 81 ^
praptum icchanti devas tvam Sakro, 'gmr, Yaruno, Yamah.
8
tesam anyatamam deyam patitve varayasva ha.'" 6
12
evam uktah sa Sakrena Nalah pranjaJir abravit,
1 81 27
'< ek'-artha-samupetam mam na presaptum arhatha. 7
22 84
katham tu jata-san-kalpah stnyam utsahate puman
2 18
par'-artham idnsam yaktum? tat ksamantu mah'-esvarah ." 8
deva ucuh,
\ 80
** * kansya , iti samsrutya purvam asmasu, Kaisadha,
4
na kansyasi kasmat tvam? vraja, Naisadha^ ma-ciram." 9
Vnhadasva uvaca,
evam uktah sa devais tair Naisadhah punar abravit,
26 6 84
'^ su-raksitani yesmani pravestum katham utsahe)" 10
II . " ' 16
"praveksya^ iti tarn Sakrah punar eV abhyabhasata.
«
8 NAL*-0PAKHYANAM. III.
sa jagama, tath' ety iiktva, Damayantya niveBanam. 1 1
87 . . * .
dadarsa tatra Yaidarbhim sakhi-gana-samayritam
86
dedipyamanam vapusa, snya ca vara-varmnim, 12
ativa su-kumar'-aii'gimy tanu-madhyam su-locanam,
16
aksipantim iva prabham sasinah svena tejasa. 13
5
tasya dnsty' aiva vavridlie kamas tarn caru-hasinim,
* 17 ^ . .
satyam cikirsamanas tu dharayamasa hnc-ohayam. 14
87 16
tatas ta Naisadham dnstya sambhrantah param'-an*ffanah
11 89
asanebhyah samutpetus tejasa tasya dharsitah, 15
25 41 1
prasasamsus ca su-prita Nalam ta yismay'-anyitah,
16 9
na c 'ainam abhyabhasanta, manobhis tv abhyapujayan^ 16
" aho rupam i aho kantir ! aho dhairyam maliar'tiuanah!
14
ko *yam devo, *tha va yakso, gandbarvo va bhavisati]" 17
29 24
na tas tu saknuvanti sma . vyahartum api kincana,
89
tejasa dbarsitas tasya lajjavatyo yar'-an-ganah. 18
88 88
ath' amam smayamanam tu smita-purva l)labliasini
16 88
Damayanti Nalam viram abhyabhasata yismita, 19
"kas tvam, sarv*-anavady*-an«ga, mama hno-chaya-vardhana,
28 81
prapto 'sy^ amaravad, yira, jnatum icchami te^ 'nagba, 20
katham agamanam c' eha, katbam c' asi na laksitah?
26 ^
Bu-raksitam hi me vesma, raja c* aiv* ogra-sasanabl'' 21
2
evam uktas tu Vaidarbhya Nalas tarn pratyuvaca ha, '^
7
"Nalam mam yiddhi, kalyani, deva-dutam ih* agatam. 22
devas tvam praptum icchanti Sakro, *gnir, Yaruno, Yamah.
8 /
tesam anyatamam devam patim varaya, sobhane. 23
6 26
tesam eva prabhavena pravisto 'ham alaksitah.
6 87 8
pravisantam na mam kascid apasyan, n* apy avarayat. 24
nal'-opAkhyAnam. 9
etad-artham aham^ bhadre, presitah sura-sattamaih;
so 17 81
etac chrutva, subhe^ buddhim prakurusva yath* ecchasi. 25
iti Nar-opakhyane tntiyah sargah.
1. 1 8. &p 15. bbram 22. jan 29. sak 36. dip
2. vac.
9. puj
16. bhas
23. ]n&
30. sru
37. dna
•
3. TO
10. pracch
17. kri
24. hn
•
31. IS
•
38. dhn
•
4. Traj
11. pat
18. ksam
•
25. laks
•
32. as
39. dhns
• •
6. TTidh
12. bni
19. ksip
26. raks
•
33. STTII
40. yk
6. YIS
13. budh
20. kath
27. arh
34. sah
41. pri
7. vid. 14. bhu 21. gam 28. sams 35. stha
IV.
Vnhadasva uvaca,
24
sa namas-kritya devebhyah prahasya Nalam abravit,
9 17
"pranayasva yatha-srad-dbam, raj an, kim karavani te; 1
81 *
abam c' aiva bi yac c' anyan mam* asti vasu kincana,
tat sarvam tava; visrabdbam kuru pranayam, is vara. 2
86
bamsanam vacanam yat tu, tan mam dabati, partbiva.
18
tvat-knte bi maya, vira, rajanah sannipatitah. 3
15 19
yadi tvam bbajamanam mam pratyakbyasyasi, mana-da,
84
visam, agmm, jalam, rajjum astbasye tava karanat." 4
evam uktas tu Yaidarbbya Nalas tam pratyuvaca ba,
84 80
^'tistbatsu loka-palesu, katbam manusam iccbasi? 5
yesam abam loka-kntam, isvaranam maba-'tmanam
6
na pada rajasa tulyo^ manas te tesu vartatam. 6
22 27
viprayam by acaran martyo devanam mntyum nccbati.
86 4
trabi mam anavady*-an-gi, varayasva sur*-ottaman. 7
virajamsi ca yasamsi, divyas citrah srajas tatba, ,
10 nal'-opakhyanam. IV.
10 16
bhusanani ca mukhyani, deyan prapya tu bliim>ksva vaL 8
18 21
ya imam pnthivim kritsnam samksipya grasate punahy
Hut'-asam, isam devanam, ka tarn na varayet patim 1 9
jasya danda-bhayat sarve bbuta-gramah sam-a-gatahy
28
dharmam ev' anurudliyanti, ka tarn na varayet patim 9 10
dharm' atmanam, maha-'tmanam, daitya-dauaya-mardanam^
mah'-endram sarva-devanam^ ka tarn na varayet patmi? 11
17 8
knyatam avisan-kena manasa, yadi manyase
29
Varunam loka-palanam su-bnd-vakyam idarn srinu." 12
Naisadben* aivam nkta sa Damayanti vaco 'bravit,
11
samaplutabhyam netrabhyam soka-jen' atha varma^ 13
"devebhyo 'ham namas-kntya sarvebhyah, pnthivi-pate,
4
vnne tvam eva bhartaram satyam etad bravimi te." 14
2
tam uvaca tato raja vepamanam knV-anjalim^
'^dautyen' agatya, kalyani, katham sv'-artham ib' atsahe? 15
katham hy aham pratisrutya devatanam visesatah^
88
par*-artbe yatnam arabhya, katham sV-artham ih' otsahe? 16
esa dharmo, yadi sv*-artho mam' api bhavita tatah.
80
evam sv* artham kansyami, tatha, bhadre, vidhiyatam." 17
tato vasp'-akulam vacam Damayanti suci-smita
23 ^
pratyaharanti sanakair Nalam rajanam abravit, 18
87
'*upayo 'yam maya dnsto mr-apayo, nar'-esvara,
yena doso na bhavita tava, raj an, kathancana. 19
twam c* aiva hi, nara-srestha, devas c' endra-puro-gamah
1
ayantu sahitah sarve mama yatra swayam-varah 20
6
tato 'ham loka-palanam sannidhau tvam, nar'-esvara,
varayisye, nara-vyaghra ; n' aivam doso bhavisyati." 21
IV. NAL'-OPAKHYANAM. 11
evam uktas tu Yaidarblija Kalo raja, visam pate,
iyagama punas tatra, yatra devah samagatah. 22
87 . ,1
tarn apasjans tath' ajantam lokarpala mah'-esvarah
12 6
dnstva c' amam tato 'pricchan. vritt'-antam saryam eva tarn, 23
" kaccid dnsta tvaja, rajan, Damajanti suci-snuta 9
14 40
kim abravic ca 1 nah sarvan yada, bhumi-pate 'nagha. 24
Nala uvaca,
88
^bhayadbhir aham adisto Damajantya nivesanam
7 4
pravistah su-maha-kaksam dandibhib sthayirair yritam ; 25
7 .
prayisantam ca mam tatra na kascid dnstavan narah,
nte tarn parthiya-sutam, bhavatam eva tejasa, 26
26
sakhyas c' asya maya dnstas, tabbis o' apy upalaksitah,
82
vismitas c* abhayan sanra dnstva mam, nbudh'-esvarah; 27
6
varnyamanesu ca maya bhavatsii rucir'- anana,
mam eva gata-samkalpa yrinite sa, sur'-ottamah, 28
1
abrayic c' aiva mam, bala, ^ayantu sahitah surah
tvaya saha, nara-vyaghra, mama yatra swayam-varah ; 29
4
tesam aham sannidhau tvam yarayisyami, IN'aisadha.
evam tava, mahar-baho, doso na bhayit', ' eti, ha. 30
28
etayad eva, Tibudha, yatha-vnttam udahntam
maya; sese pramanam tu bhavantas, tn-das'-esvarah. 31
iti Nal'-opakhyane caturthah sargah
1. y&
8. man
15. bhaj
22. car
29. sra
36. dab
2. yep
9. m
16. bhaj
23. hn
•
30. IS
•
37. dris
•
3. vao
10. &p
17. kri
24. has
31. as
38. (\m
4. yn
•
11. plu
18. kflip
25. laks
32. smi
39. (\U
5. vam
•
12. pracch
19. khj&
26. rabh.
33. sah
40. yad
6. Ynt
m
13. pat
20. gam
27. nch
34. sth&
7. VIS
U. bra
21. gras
28. rudh
35. trai
X2 nal'-opAkhtInam.
V.
Vnhadasva uvaca,
17
atha kale subhe prapte, tithau punye, ksane tatha,
86
ajuhaTa mahi-palaii Bhimo raja syayam-yare. 1
40 20
tac chrutva pntbivi-palah sanre hnc-cbaya-piditah
28 17
tvantah samupajagmur Damayantim abhipsavah 2
kanaka-stambha-ruciram toranena Yirajitam
TiYisus te nn-pa ran-gam maba-simba iv' acalam. 3
60
tatr* asanesu vividhesv asinah pntbivi-ksitab
13
su-rabbi-sra£;-dbarah sarve pramnsta-mani-kundalah 4
61
tatra sma pina dnsyante baliavah pangh'-opamah
akara-varnarsu-slaksnah panca-sirsa ly' ora-gab, 5
su-kes'-antani caruni, su-nas'-aksi-bbruyani ca
43
mukbani raj nam sobbante naksatrani yatba divi 6
tarn raja-samitim punyam, nagair Bbogavatim iva,
18 *
sampiirnam purusa-vyagbrair, vyagbrair gin-gubam iva 7
7
Damayanti tato ran-gam pravivesa subb'-anana
14
musnanti prabbaya raj nam caksumsi ca manamsi ca. 8
21
tasya gatresu patita tesam dnstir xnaba-'tmanam,
64 28 81 61 .
tatra, tatr' aiva sakta 'bbun, na cacala ca pasyatam. 9
26
tatab samkirtyamanesu raj nam namasu, Bbarata,
61
dadarsa Bbaimi punisan panca tuly'-akntin atba. 10
27 , 66
tan samiksya tatab sarvan nirvises'-akritin stbitan,
84
sandehad atba Vaidarbbi n* abbyajanan Nalam nn-pam, 11
61 10
yam yam bi dadrise tesam^ tarn tam mene Nalam nn-pam.
80 68
sa cmtayanti buddbya 'tba tarkayamasa bbavini,
y. nal'-opAkhyAnam. 13
84 9
^'katham hi devan janiyaml katham ndyam !N'alam nri-paml" 12
80 ^
evam sancintayanti sa Vaidarbhi bhnsa-duhkhita,
49
srutani deva-lin-gani tarkayamasa, Bharata. 13
"devaiiam yam lin-gani sthayirebhyah srutani me,
66 88
tan' iha tisthatam bhumay ekasy' api na laksaye/' 14
80 . *2
sa vimscitya bahudha, vicarya ca piinah, piinah,
10
saranam prati devanam prapta-kalam amanyata; 15
8
vaca ca manasa c' aiva namas-karam prayujya sa,
6
devebhyah pranjahr bhutva vepaman' edam abravit, 16
'' hamsanam yacanam srutva yatha me Naisadho vntah
62
patitve, tena satyena devas tarn pradisantu me; 17
82
manasa, yacasa c' aiva yatha n' abhicaramy aham,
tena satyena vibudhas tarn eva pradisantu me; 18
63
yatha devaih sa me bharta vihito Nisadh'-adhipah,
tena satyena me devas tarn eva pradisantu me. 19
43
yath' edam vratam arabdham Nalasy* aradhane maya,
tena satyena me devas tarn eva pradisantu me. 20
26
Bvam c' aiva rupam kurvantu loka-pala mah'-esvarah,
84
yatha 'ham abhijaniyam Punyaslokam nar'-adhipam." 21
62
nisamya Damayantyas tat karunam, pandevitam,
niscayam paramam tathyam anuragam ca Naisadhe, 22
mano-visuddhim, buddhun ca, bhaktun, ragam ca !N'aisadhe,
26
yath' oktam caknre devah samarthyam hn-ga-dharane ; 23
61
sa 'pasyad vibudhan sarvan asvedan, stabdha-locanan j
87 62
hnsita-srag-rajo-hinan, sthitan aspnsatah ksitmi. 24
12 1
chaya-dvitiyo, mlanansi'ag, rajah-sveda-samanvitah,
68
bhumi-stho Naisadhas c' aiva, mmesena ca, sucitah. 25
14 nal'-opAkhyAnAm; v.
, 27 .
8a samiksya tu tan deyan Punjaslokam ca, Bharata,
6
Naisadham yarayamasa Bhainii dharmena, Pandava. 26
89 29 69
Yilajjamana vastr'-ante jagrah' ayata-locana,
55
skandha-dese 'snjat tasja srajam parama-sobhanam; 27
varajamasa c' aiv* amam patitve vara-varmnL
11
tato "ha h!" eti sahasa muktah sabdo nar'-adhipaih, 28
devair mah'-arsibhis tatra, "sadhu, sadhv" iti, Bharata,
51 47
vismitair intah sabdah prasamsadbhir Nalam nri-pam. 29
Damayantim tu, Kauravya, Virasenansuto nn-pah
..45 87 .
asvasayad var'-aroham piuhristen' antar-atmana, 30
66
^'yat tvam bhajasi, kalyani, pumamsam devarsannidhau,
41
tasman mam viddlii bhartaram evam te yacane ratam. 31
67
yavsw ca me dbansyanti prana dehe, sua-smite,
tavat tvayi bhavisyami; satyam etad bravimi te." 32
16
Damayantim tatha vagbliir abbmandya knt'-anjalih,
19
tau paraB-paratah pritau drntva tv A«m-puro-gaman,
28
tan eva saranam devan jagmatur manasa tada. 33
6
TTite tu Naisadhe Bhaimya loka-pala mab'-aujasah
87 69
prahnsta-manasab sarve IN'alay' astau varan dadub; 34
pratyaksa-darsanam yajne, gatim c' anuttamam subbam
59 . . ,
Naisadhaya dadau Sakrab priyamanab Saci-patib. 35
59 ^ 4
Agmr atmarbbavam pradad, yatra vancbati Naisadbahj
lokan atmarprabbans c' aiva dadau tasmai Hutasanab. 36
Yamas tv anna-rasam pradad, dbarme ca paramam stbitim.
apam patu* apam bbavam yatra vancbati Naisadbab; 37
srajas c* ottama-gandb'-adbyah : sarve ca mitbunam dadub.
varan evam praday' asya, devas te tn-divam gatab; 38
V.
nal'-opAkhyAnam.
15
23 ^ 1
partluvas c* anubhuy' asya vivaham vismay'-anvitah
15 28 28
Damayantyas ca muditah pratijagmur jatha-'gatam.
19
gatesu parthiv'-endresu Bhimah prito maha-manah
26
vivaham karayamasa Damayantya, Nalasya ca.
8
usya tatra yatha-kamam Naisadho, dvi-padam varah,
84 28
BHmena samanujnato jagama nagaram svakam.
17
avapya nari-ratnam tu Punyasloko 'pi parthivah
41
reme saha taya, raj an, Sacy' eva Bala-Vntrarha.
15 24
ativa mudito raja bhrajamano *msimian iva
42 68
aranjayat praja viro dharmena panpalayan.
2
ije c* apy asva-medhena Yayatir iva Nahusah,
anyais ca bahubhir dhiman kratubhis c' apta-daksinaih.
39
40
41
42
43
44
punas ca ramamyesu vanes , upavanesu ca
36
Damayantya saha Nalo vijahar' amar'-opamah,
83
janayamasa ca !N'alo Damayantya maha-manah
Indrasenam sntam c' api, Indrasenam ca kanyakam.
2 36
evam sa yajamanas ca, viharans ca nar'-adhipah
69 18
raraksa vasuHsampurnam vasu-dham vasu-dha-*dhipah.
iti !N'al'-opakhyane pancamah sargah.
45
46
47
1. 1
13. mnj
25. kn
37. bns
49. sru
61. dns
•
2. yaj
14. mus
•
26. knt
•
38. lakR
•
50. ka
62. dis
3. yix}
15. mud
27. iks
39. la]
51. smi
63. (\hh
4. yanch
16. nand
28. gam
40. ir
52. Bpns
64. dhns
« •
6. vep
17. &p
29. grab
41. ram
53. suo
65. yam
6. vn
•
18. pur
80. cmt
42. ran]
54* sa]
66. bha]
7. VIS
19. pri
31. cal
43. rabh
55. sn]
67. dbn
•
8. vas
20. pid
82. car
44. ra]
56. stha
68. pal
9. vid
21. pat
33. jan
46. Bvas
57. tvar
69. raks
•
10. man
22. bru
84. jna
46. sam
58. tark
11. muo
23. bhu
35. hve
47. sams
59. d&
12. mlai
24. bhra]
36. hn
1
48. subh
60. dev
16 nal'-opAkhyAnam.
VI.
Vnliadasva uvaca,
6
vnte tu Naisadhe Bhamiya, loka-pala mah'-aujasah
28 ^ 2
yanto dadnsur ajantam Dvaparam Kalina saha. 1
16
ath' abrayit Kalim Sakrah sampreksya Bala-Vntra-ha,
12 2
"Dvaparena sahayena, Kale, bruhi kva yasyasil" 2
tato *bravit Kalih Sakram, " Damayantyah svayam-varam ;
6 17
gatva hi varayisye tarn; mano hi mama tarn gatam." 3
21 6
tam abravit prabasy' endro, "mvrittah sa svayam-varah.
6
vntas taya Nalo raja patir, asmat-samipatah." 4
1 *
evam uktas tu Sakrena Kalih, krodha-samanvitah,
9
devan amantrya tan sarvan uvac* edam yacas tada, 5
3
^'devanam manusam madbye yat sa patim avindata,
is
tatra tasya bbaven nyayyam vipulam danda-dharanam.'* 6
evam ukte tu Kahna pratyucus te div'-aukasah,
18
'^asmabbib samanujnate Damayantya Nalo vntab. 7
26
ka ca sarva-gun'-opetam n* airayeta Nalam nn-paml
8
yo veda dbarman akbilan yatbavac canta-vratah ; 8
1
yo 'dbite caturo vedan sarvan akbyana-pancaman.
27
nityam tnpta gnbe yasya deva yajnesu dbarmatah; 9
22
abimsa-nirato yas ca, satya-vadi dndba-vratab;
yasmm satyam, dbntir, danam, tapab, saucam, damab, samab, 10
dbruvani purusa-vyagbre loka-pala-same nn-pe.
15 24
evam-rupam Nalam yo vai kamayec cbapitum. Kale, 11
24 19
atmanam sa sapen mudbo banyad atmanam atmana.
evam-gunam Nalam yo vai kamayec cbapitum. Kale. 12
nal^-opAkhyAnam. 17
10
knccbre sa narake majjed agadhe vipule hrade."
2
evam uktva Kalim deva Dvaparam ca divam yayui. 13
tato gatesi; devesu Kalir Dvaparam abravijb,
20 26
" samhartum n' otsaJie kopam; Kale vatsyami, Bvapara^ li
bhramsayisyami liam rsgyan, na Bhaimya saha ramsyate.
tvam apy aksan samavisya sahayyam kartum arkasi.*' 15
iti Nal'-opakhyane isasthali sarsdi.
1. 1 6. vnt 11. mnh 16. iks ^1. Iia9 ^. sah
2. y& 7. vas 12. bru 17. gam 22. ram 27. trip
3. vmd 8. vid 13. bhu 18> ]na 23. arh 28>dn8
4. yao 9. mantr 14. bhrfims 19. ban 24. sap
5. vn 10. maj 15. kam 20. bri ' 25. kn
VIL
Vnhadasva uvaca,
evam sa samayam kntva Dvaparena Kalih saba,
ajagama tatas tatra, yatra raja sa Naisadbab;
11 6
sa nityam antararprepsur Nisadbesv avasac ciram.
28
atb' asya dva-dase varse dadarsa Kalir antaram.
26 * 24
kntva mutram upasprisya sandbyam anvasta Ksosadbab,
6
akntva padayob saucam; tatr* ainam Kalir avisat.
6
sa samavisya ca Kalam samipam, Puskarasya ca
19 27
gatva Puskaram ab' edam, "ehi, divya Nalena vai;
18
aksa-Kiyute Kalam jeta bliavan bi sabito maya^
12 18 ^ ^
Kisadban pratipadyasva, jitva rajyam Nalam nn-pam."
2
evam uktas tu Kalina Puskaro Nalam abbyayat
18 nal'-opAkhtAnam» VII.
17
Kalis c' aiva vnso bhutva gavam Puskaram abhjagat; 6
26
asadja tu Nalam viram Puskarah para-Tira-Iiay
27
"divyav*" ety abravit bhrata, "viisen'" eti, muhur muhub. 7
10 .29
na caksame tato raja samabyanam maba-manab
16 8
Yaidarbbjab preksamanayab pana-kalam amanjata» 8
biranjasya, suvarnasya, yana-yugyasya, vasasam,
6 18
avistab Kahna dyute jiyate sma Nalas tada^ 9
10
tarn aksa-madarsammattam su-bndam na tu kascana
18 28 27
mvarane 'bbavac cbakto divyainanam arm-damam. 10
tatab paura-janah sarve mantnbbib saba, Bbarata,
28 ^ 8
rajanam drastum agaccban nivarayitum aturam. 11
7
tatab suta upagamya Damayantyai nyavedayat,
"esa paura-jano, devi, dvan tistbati karjavan; 12
nivedyatam Naisadbaya, 'sarvab prakptayab stbitab,
9
amnsyamana vyasanam rajno dbarm'-artba-darsinah.' " 13
14
tatab sa yaspa-kalaya Taca, dubkbena karsita,
80
uvaca Naisadbam Bbaimi sok'-opabatarcetana^ 14
28
"rajan, paura-jano dvan tvam didnksur avafitbitab,
mantnbbib sabitab sarvai, raja-bbakti-puras-kntab.
28
tarn drastum arbas*" ity evam punab, punar abbasata. 15
20 ^
tarn tatba rucir'-apan-gi vjapantim tatba-vidbam
6
ayistab Kabna raja n* abbyabbasata kincana. 16
tatas te mantnnah sarve, te c' aiva pura-vasinab
22 4 ^
"n' ayam ast"' iti duhkb'-arta, vridita jagmur alayan. 17
tatba tad abbavad dyutam Puskarasya, Nalasya ca,
18
Yudbistbira, babun masan Punyaslokas tv ajiyata. 18
iti Nal'-opakbyane saptamab sargah.
nal'-oj>AkhtAnam. 19
1. 1
6. vas
11. &p
16. ksam
•
21. arh
26. sad
2. y&
7. vid
12. pad
17. .ga
22. ard
27. div
3. vn
•
8. man
13. bhu
18. ji
23. sak
28. dris
•
4. vrid
•
9. mns
• •
14. kns
•
19. &h
24. &s
29. hve
5. VIS
10. mad
15<. iks
•
20. lap
25. spns
30. ban
VIII.
Vnhadasva nvaca,
Damayanti tato dnstva Punjadlokam nar'-adhipam,
6 6 "
unmattavad anunmatia devane gata-cetasam, 1
bhaya-sokarsamavista, rajan, Bhimarsuta tatah
18
cintayamasa tat karyam su-mahat parthivam prati; 2
^20 11 ^ ^
sa san-kamana tat-papam, cikirsanti ca tat-pnyam;
16
Kalam ca hnta-sarva-svam upalabhy' edam abravit 3
Vnhatsenam atiyasam tarn dhatrim pancankam,
26 ^ 17
bitam sarV-artba-kusalam anuraktam subliasitam, 4
8 7
"Vnhatsene, vraj' amatyan auayya Nalarsasanat,
u 27
a«ik8ya yad dlmtam drayyam, avasistam ca yad Tasu." 5
15
tatas te mantrinah sarve yijnaya Nala-sasanam,
8 •
"api no bbaga-dbeyam syad," ity ukfcva Kalam avrajan. 6
tas tu sarvah prakntayo dvitiyam samupasthitah
8
nyavedayad Bbimarsuta; na ca sa pratyanandata. 7
8 28 ^
vakyam apratinandantam bhartaram abhiviksya sa
Damayanti punar yesma vridita pravivesa ha. 8
19
nisamya satatam c' aksan Panyasloka-paran-muklian,
Nalam ca hnta-sarva-svam, dhatrim piinar uvaca ha, 9
12
" Vnhatsene, punar gaccha Varsneyam, Nala-sasanat,
20 nal-opAkhyAnam. VIII.
7
sutam anaja, kalyani^ mahat karyam upasthitam/' 10
Ynhatsena tu tac chrutva Damayantya prabhasitam,
7
Yarsneyam anayamasa punisair apta-kanbhih. 11
24
Varsnayam tu tato Bhaimi santvaya^ ibkanaya gtra
9
uvaca desa-kala-jna prapta-kaJam amndita^ 12
16
**janise tvam yatha raja samyag-vnttah sada tvayi,
tasya tvam visama-sthasya sahayyaiti kartum arhasi. 13
yatha yatha hi nn-patih Puskaren' aiva jiyate,
tatha tatka 'sya vai dyute rago bhuyo 'bfeivardhate; 14
yatha ca Puskarasy' aksah patanti yasaryartinah,
tatha viparyayas c' api Nalasy' aksesm dnsyate. 15
pu-hrit-sva-jana-vakyani yathavan na snnoti ca,
8 5
mam' api ca tatha vakyam n' abhinandati mohita^^ 16
nunam manye na doso 'sti Naosadhasya maha-'i^nanah,
yat tu me vacanaipr raja b' abhinandati mohitah. 17
11
saranam tvam prapanna 'smi; sarathe, kuru mad-vacah;
22 10
na hi me sudhyate bhavah, kadacid viuased api. 18
2
Nalasya dayitan aivan yojayitva mano-javan,
18
idam aropya mithunaiji Kundmam yatum arhasi. 19
80
mama jnati§u niksipya darakau, syandanam tatha,
12
asvans c' eman, yatha-kamuipL vasa va, 'nyatra gaccha va." 20
Damayantyas tu tad vakyam Varsneyo IN'alaHsarathih
nyavedayad asese^ Nal'-amatyesu mukhyaia^y 21
1 18 16 ^
taih sametya vmiscitya so 'nujnato, mahi-pate^
18
yayau, mithunam aropya Vidarbhans tena vahma. 22
so
hayans tatra viniksipya suto, ratha-varam ca tam,
Indi*asenam ca tam kanyam, Indiusenam ca balakam. 23
jnal'-opAkhyAnam. 21
amantrya Bliimam rajanam arttah socan Nalam nri-pam,
25
atamanas tato 'yodhyam jagama nagarim tada. 24
Hitupamam sa rajanam upatasthe su-duhkhitah^
29
bhntim c' opayayau tasya sarathyena mahi-pateh* 25
iti Nar-opakhyane astamalj sargah*
1. 1
6. mad
11. kn
•
16. labh
21. suo
26. dLa
2. yuj
7. m
12. gam
17. ranj
22. sndh
27. hn
•
3. vraj
8. nand
13. cmt
18. ruh
23. as
28. iks
•
4. vrid
■ •
9. nind
14^ caks
•
19. Bam
24. Bantv
29. ya
5. mnh
10. nas
15^ jn^
20. san-k
25. »t
30. ksip
IX.
Vnhadasva uvaca,
2 43
tatas tu yate Varsneye Punysfokasya divyatah
80
Puskarena hntam rajyam, yac c' any ad vasu kincana. 1
81
hnta-rajyam Nalam, rajan, prahasan Puskaro 'bravit,
8
"dyutam pravartatam bhnyah; pratipano 'sti kas taval 2
sista te Damayanty eka, sarram anyaj jitam maya.
11
Damayanty ah panah sadhu vartatam yadi manyase." 3
Puskaren' aivam nktasya Punyask)kasya manyuna
44
vyadiryat' eva hndayam, na c' ainam ]bncid abravit. 4
82
tatah Puskaram alokya Kalah parama-manyuman^
88
utsnjya sarva-gatrebhyo bhusanani maha-yasah, 5
8 9
eka-vasa hy asamvitah, su-hnc-clioka-vivardhanah,
18 41
mscakrama tato raja tyaktva su-vipulam snyam. g
28 22
Damayanty eka-vastra *tha gaccbantam piisthato 'nvagat.
22 nal'-opAkhyAnam. IX.
10
sa taya vahjatah sarddham tn-rati*am Naisadho 'vasat; 7
24
Puskaras tu, maha-raja, ghosayamasa vai pure^
S9 2S
''!N'ale yah samyag atisthet, sa gacched badhyatam mama." 8
Fuskarasya tu vakyena tasya, Tidvesanena ca
17 ' '
paura na tasya sat-karam kntavanto, Tudhisthira. 9
sa tatha nagar'-abhyase, sat-kar'-arho, na sat-kntah;
8
tn-ratram usito raja jala-matrena vartayan, 10
14 19
pidyamanah ksudba tatra phala-mulani karsayan.
89 ^ 22
pratisthata tato raja, Damayanti tarn anvagat. 12
"" 14
ksudbaya pidyamanas tu !N'alo bahutithe 'ham
46
apasyac chakunan kanscid dhiranya-sadnsac-cliadan. 12
26 ^
sa cintayamasa tada Nisadh'-adhipatir bali^
"asti bhaksyo mam' ady' ay am, vasu c' edam bhavisyatL" 13
6
tatas tan pandhanena vasasa sa samavrmot;
42 23
tasya tad vastram adaya sarve jagmur vihayasa; 14
16 ^ 28
utpatantah kha-ga vakyam etad ahus tato Nalam,
89
dnstva dig-vasasam^ bhumau sthitam, dinam, adho-miikham, 15
80
"vayam aksah, su-dur-buddhe, tava vaso jihirsavah;
23
agata na hi nah pritih, savasasi gate tyayi." 16
20 ^
tan samiksya gatan aksan, atmanam ca yivasasam,
Punyaslokas tada, rajan, Damayantim ath' abravit, 17
25
"yesam prakopad aisvaryat pracyuto 'ham, anindite,
4 1
pranaryatram na vinde ca duhkhitah ksadhaya 'nvitah, 18
17
yesam knte na sat-karam akurvan mayi Naisadhah,
80
ta ime sakona bhutva vaso 'py apaharanti me. 19
Taisamyam paramam prapto, duhkhito, gata-cetanah,
16 47
^to te *ham, nibodh' edam vacanam hitam atmandih. 20
IX. nal'-opAkhyAnam. 23
28
ete gacchanti bahavah panthano daksina-patham,
18
Avantim, Xliksavantam ca samatikramya parvatam, 21
esa Yindhyo maha-sailah, Payosni ca samudra-ga,
1
asramas ca maha-rsinam bahu-mula-phal'-anvitah, 22
esa pantba Yidarbbanam, asau gaccbati Kosalan;
atah param ca deso 'jam daksine daksina-patbah." 23
' ' . 47
etad vakyam Nalo raja Damayantim samabitab,
83 ^ 46
uvac*, asaknd arto bi Bbaunim uddisya, Bbarata. 24
19 ^
tatab sa, vaspa-kalaya yaca, dubkbena karsita,
uvaca Damayanti tarn Naisadbam karunam vacab, 25
5 40
" udvejate me bndayam, sidanty an-gam sarvasah,
26
tava, partbiva, samkalpam cmtayantyah punab, pnnab. 26
bnta-rajyam, bnta-dravyam, vivastram, ksut-tnsa-'nvitam,
88 23
katbam utspjya gaccbeyam abam tvam mrjane vane 1 27
35 33 26
srantasya te ksudb-artasya cintayanasya tat sukbam,
12 ^
vane gbore, maba-raja, nasayisyamy abam klamam. 28
4 11
na ca bbarya-samam krncid yidyate bbisajam matam
ausadbam sarva-dubkbesuj satyam etad bravimi te." 29
Nala uvaca,
28
evam etad yatba 'ttba tvam, Damayanti, sumadbyame,
u^ asti bbarya-samam mitram narasy' artasya bbesajam 30
41 84
na c' abam tyaktu-kamas tvam; kim-artbam, bbiru, san^kase 1
41
tyajeyam abam atmanam, na c' aivam tvam, anmdite. 31
Damayanti uvaca,
29 86
yadi mam tvam, maba-raja, na vibatum ib' eccbasi,
46
tat kim-artbam Vidarbbanam pantbah samupadisyate 1 32
41
avaimi c' abam, nn-pate; na tu mam tyaktum arbasi,.
24 nal'-opAkhyAnam.
19 41
cetasa tv apaknstena mam tjajetha, malii-pate. 33
21
paiithanam hi mam' abhiksnam akhyasi ca, nar'-ottama,
9
ato nimittam sokam me vardhajasy, amar*-opamaj 34
7
yadi c' ayam abhiprayas tava, "jnatin vrajed," iti,
sahitav eva gacchavo Vidarbhaa, y^di manyase. 35
IS
Vklarbha-rajas tatra tvam pujayisyati, mana-da;
10
tena tvam pujito, rajan, sukham yatsyasi no gnbe. . 36
iti Nal'-opakhyane navamah sargah.
1. 1
9. vridh
■
17. kn
25. cyu
33. &rd
41. tyaj
2. y&
10. vas
18. kram
26. cmt
34. sank
42. da
3. vye
11. man
19. kris
• •
27. Ji
35. sram
43. div
4. viud
12. nas
20. iks
•
28. ah
36. IS
44. dri
•
6*. vij
13. piij
21. khy&
29. U
37. as
45. dns
•
6. vn
H. pi^
22. g&
3d. hri
•
88. snj
46. dis
7. vra]
15. pat
23. gam
31. has
39. stha
47. dh&
8. vrit 16. budh 24. ghns 82. lok 40. sad
X
Nala uvaca,
yatha rajyam tava piius, tatha mama na samsayab;
na tu tatra gamisyami visama-sthah kathancana.
83 .8
katham samnddho satva 'ham, tava harsarVivardhanah :
22
pancyuto gamisyami, tava soka-vivardhanaJji.
Vnhadasva uvaca,
iti bruvan Nalo raja Damayantim punah, punah,
6
santvayamasa kalyanim vasaso 'rddhena samvntam
tav eka-vastra-samvitav atamanav itas tatah.
X. NAL*-OPAKHYANAM. 25
06 ^ 1
ksut-pipasa-parisrantau sabliam kancid upeyatuh. 4
18
tarn sabhain upasamprapya, tada sa Nisadh'-adhipah
42
Vaidarbliya sahito raja nisasada malii-tale; 5
21
sa vai vivastro, vikato, ^ malmah, pamsu-guntliitah,
35 88
Damayantya saka srantah susvapa dharani-tale, 6
27 ^
Damayanty api kalyani, nidraya 'pahnta tatah,
42
sahasa duhkham asadya su-kumari, tapasvinL 7
83
siiptayam Damayantyam tu Nalo raja, visam pate,
84
sok'-onmatliita-citt'-atma, na sma sete yatha pura. 8
sa tad rajy'-apaharanam, su-hnt-tyagam ca sarvasah,
18 1
vane ca tarn pandhvainsam preksya cintam upeyivan; 9
36 15
"kim nu me syad idam kntval kim nu me syad akurvatah]
kim nu me maranam sreyah, parityago janasya va ? 10
29 18
mam lyam hy anurakt' aiva duhkham prapnoti mat-knte;
26
mad-vihina tv lyam gacchet kadacit sva-janam prati. 11
18
mayi nihsamsayam duhkham lyam prapsyaty anuvrata,
5
utsarge samsayah syat tn, vindet' api sukham kvacit." 12
28 24
sa vinis-citya bahudha, vicarya ca punah, punah,
9
utsargam manyate sreyo Damayantya nar'-adhipah, 13
46
"na c* aisa tejasa sakya kaiscid dharsayitum pathi,
yasasvmi, maha-bhaga, mad-bhakt' eyam pati-vrata." 14
7
evam tasya tada buddhir Damayantyam nyavai-tata,
Kahna dusta-bhavena Damayantya visarjane. 15
so Vastratam atmanas ca, tasyas c* apy eka-vastratam
. 28 19
eiutayitva *bhyagad raja vastr'-arddhasy' avakartanam. 16
17 14
"katham vaso vikarteyam, na ca budhyeta me pnyai"
20 NAL'-OPIKHYANAM. X.
vicinty' aivam Nalo raja sabbam paryacarat tada; 17
46
pandbayann atba Nala itai c' etas ca, iBbarata,
asasada sabb' oddese vikosam kbadsam uttamam. 18
■ • ■ o
26
ten' arddbam vasasas cbittva, nivasya ca param-tapab,
88 41 44
snptam utsnjya Yaidarbbim pradravad gata-cetanah. 19
7
tato, nivritta-bndayab, punar agamya tarn sabbam
82
Damayantun tada dnstva ruroda Nisadb'-adbipab ; 20
"yam na vayur, na c' adityah, pura pasyati me pnyam,
84
8^ eyam adya sabba-madbye sete bbumav anatbavat. 21
lyam vastr*-avakartena samvita, caru-basmi,
14
unmatt' eva var'-aroba^ katbam buddbva bbayisyati? 22
86 81
katbam eka sati Bbaimi, maya yirabita^ subba
24 87 '
cansyati vane gbore mnga-vyala-nisevite] 23
aditya, yasavo, rudra, asyinau sa-marud-ganail,
80 6
raksantu tvam; maba-bbage, dbarmen' asi samavnta." 24
evam uktva pnyam bbaryam rupen* apratimam bbuvi,
27 8
Xahna 'pabnta-jnano Nalab pratistbad udyatab. 25
gatva, gatva Nalo raja punar eti sabbam mubub,
^16 16
aknsyamanab Kahna saubnden' avaknsyate. 26
dvidb* eva bndayam tasya dubkbitasy' abbavat tada,
2
dor eva mubur ayata, yati c* aiva sabbam prati. 27
16 10 44
avaknstas tu Kahna mobitab pradravan Nalab
88 41 28
suptam utsnjya tam bbaryam vilapya karunam babu. 28
12 40 20
nast' atma Kahna spnstas, tat tad viganayan nn-pah,
jagam' aikam vane sunye bbaryam utsnjya dubkbitah. 29
iti Nar-opakbyane dasamah sargab.
NAL'-OPlKHYlNAM.
27
1.1
9. man
17. fcnt
•
25. chid
33. ndh
•
41. sn]
2. ya
10. mnh
18. iks
26. h&
34. 81
42. sad
3. yam
11. math
19. ga
27. hn
•
35. sram
43. at
•
4. vye
12. na3
20. gan
28. lap
36. as
44. dra
5. Yind
13. &p
21. gunth
29. ran]
37. sev
45. dhav
6. vn
•
14. BndTi *
22. cyu
30. raks
•
38. svap
46. dhns
• •
7.. vrit
•
15. ka
•
23. cmt
31. rah
39. santv
47. dns
8. vridh
•
16. kna
• •
24. car
32. rud
40. spns
xr.
Vrihadaiva uvaca,
12
apakrante Nale^ rajau^ Damayanti gata-klama
10 40
abudhyata var'-aroha samtrasta Tijane Tane.
41 1 ^
apasyamana bhartaram soka-duhkha-samanvita^
IS
prakrosad uccaih samtfasta, " maha-raj' " eti Naisadham.
21
ha natha! ha maharraja! ha, svamin! kirn jahasi maml
22 6 11
ha! hata 'smi, yinasta 'smi, bhita 'smi^ yijane vane^
nanu nama, maha-raja, dharma-jnah, satya-vag asi?
85 88
katham uktva tatha satyam sup tarn utsnjya mam gatah?
katham utsnjya ganta 'si daksam bharyam» anuvratam?
visesato 'napaknte, paren' apaknte sath
80
sakyase ta girah samyak kartum* mayi,. nar'-esvara,
jka tesam loka-palanam sannidhau kathitah pura?
42
n* akale vihito inntyur martyanam, purusa-*rsabha;
19
yatra kanta tvay' otsnsta muhurtam api jivati.
7
paryaptah panhaso 'yam eta van, purusa-'rsabha;
11 41 ^
bhita 'ham; atidurdharsa, darsay' atmanam, isvara.
41
drisyase, dnsyase, rajann, esa dnsto 'si, Naisadha;
2.
8.
28 xal'-opakhyanam. XI.
2
avarya gulioair atDQanam, kim mam na pratibhasase? - 9'
nn-fiamsa yata raj' emlra, jan mam evam gatam ilia,
21
vilapantim samagamja n' asTasayasi^ parthiva? 10
na socamj aham atmanam, na c' anvad api kincana.
25
* katham an bhaYitasy eka?' iti tvam nri-pa rodmn. 11
katbam no, rajans, truitah, ksudhitah, srama-karsitab^
41
gaj'-ahne vriksa-mulesu mam apasjan/bhavLsyasi]" 12
tatah sa tlyra-sok'-arta, pradipt' eva ca maDvunay
25 ^ 43 .
itaa c' etas ca nidati paryadbavata duhkbita; 13
9
mubnr utpatate bala^ muhuh patati vibTala;
23 L3
mxdmr alijate bbita, mubnb krosati^ roditi« 14
S9 27
atiTa soka-santapta^ mubur nibsvasya dubkbita,
uvaca Bbaimi nibsvasya rudaty atba pati-vrata, 15
^'yasy* abb^pad dubkb'-arto^ dubkbam yindati Naisadbab,
tasya bbutasya. no dubkbad dubkbam abbyadbikam bbavet! 16
apaparcetasam pa^K) ya evam kntavaa Kabmiy
19
tasmad dubkbataram prapya jiratv asukba-jivikam.!." 17
evam ta yilapanti sa raj no bbarya maba-'tmanab
83 34
anvesamana bbartaram vane sva-pada-sevite. 13
unmattavad Bbima-suta vilapanti tatas tatab
43
''ba, ba, rajann," iti, mubur itas c' etas ca dbayati.. 19
karonam babu socantini, yilapantim mubur, midiub, 20
sabasa 'byagatam Bbaamim abbyasa-^anyartmim,
16
jagrab' aja-garo grabo maba-kayab ksudba-'nyitab. 21
17 . 8
sa grasyamana grabena, sokena ca panpluta,
n' atmanam socati tatba, yatba socati Naisadbam 22
XL
]^ AL'-OPlKH YlNAM.
29
''ha naiha, mam ilia vane grasyamanam anathavat,
43
grahen' anena vijane, kim artham u' anudhayasi? 23
86
katham bhavisyasi punar mam anusmnfcya, Naisadha,
6 24
sapan muktah, punar labdhva buddhim, ceto, dhanam ca? 24
81 16
srantasya te ksudh'-artasya, pariglanasya, Naisadha,
6
kah sramam, raja-sardula, nasayisyati te, 'naghaT' 25
tatah kascuL mnga-vyadho,. Yicaraii gahane vane,
4^ ^87
akrandamanam samsrutya, javen'^ abhisasara ha.. 26
tarn tu dnstva tatha crastam uraffen* ayat'-eksanam,
12
tvaramano nmga-vyadhah samabhikramya vegatah, 27
46 26
mukhatah patayamasa sastrena nisitena ca.
82
nirvicestam bhujan-gam tarn visasya mnga-jivanah, 28
2 ... ^^ .
moksayitva sa tarn vyadhah, praksalya sahlena ca,.
27
samasvasya knt'-aharam atha papraccha, Bharata, 29
"kasya tvam' mriga-sav'-aksi, katham c- abhyagata vanam?
7
katham c^ edam mahat kncchram praptavaty affl^ bhayimr* 30
Damayanti tatha tena piicchyamana, visam^ pate>
8 18
sarvam etad yatha-vnttam acacakse 'sya, Bharata. 31
tarn arddha-vastra-samvitam, pina-sroni-payo-dharam
su-kumar'-anavady'-an-gim, purna-candra-nibh*^nanam,. 32
arala-paksma-nayanam, tatha madhura-bhasmim,
1
laksayitva mnga-vyadhah kamasya vasam iyivaa. 33
tam evam slaksnaya vaca lubdhako mndu-purvaya
^ . . ^^
santvayamasa kam'-artas: tad abudhyata bhayini. 34
24
Damayanty api tam dustam upalabhya pati-vrata,
20
tivra-rosa-sama vista prajajval' eva many una. 35
41
sa tu papa-matih ksudrah pradhai*sayitum aturah,
30
NAL'-OPAKHYJUCAM.
durdliai*sam tarkayamasa diptam agni-sikbam iva.
Damayanti tu duhkh'-artay pati-rajya-vina-kritay
1 29
atita-yak-patlie kale, sasap' ainam Fup'-4B»Yita,
''yatlia 'ham Naisadhad anyom manasa 'pi na ciDrtaye^
9
tatha 'yam patatam . ksudrah par'-asur mriga-jivanahn"
ukta-matre tu yacane, tatha sa mnga-jivaDah
9 47
36
37
38
iti Nal'.
-opakhyana
eka-dasah
•
sargah
•
1
1. 1
9. pat
17. graa
25. rud
33. es
•
41. dnk
•
2. vn
•
10. bndh
IS. caks
•
26w&i
34.. sev
42. dha
3. TTlt
•
11. bhi
19. ]iv
27. svas
35. svap
43. dhav
4. moks
•
12. kram
20. ]val
28. santv
36. smri
•
44. krand
5. mac
13. krus
21. ha
29. sap
37. sn
•
45. Y&s
6. naa
14. ksal
•
22. han
30. Bak
38. srij
46. pat
7. &p
15. glai
23. U
31. Bram
39. tap
47. dah
8. plu
16. grah<
24. labh
32. sas
40. tras
39
XII.
Vnhadasva uvaca,
sa nihitya mnga-vyadham pratasthe* kamaV-eksana
vanam pratibhayam sunyam jhillika-gana-naditam,
Bimha-dvipi-ruru-vyaghra-mahisa-*rksa-ganair yutam,
xiana-paksi-gan'-akirnam, mleccha-taskara-seyitam^
Bala-venu-dhav*-asvattha-tinduk'-en-guda-kims\ikaili,
arjun'-ansta-sanchannam, syandanais ca sa-salmalaih,
jajabV-amra-lodhra-khadii^-sala-vetra-samakiilam,
padmak'-amalaka-plaksa-kadamV-odumbar'-avritam,
vadari-vilva-samchannam, nyagi-odhais ca samakulam,
1
k
XII. NAL'-OPAKHYANAltf, 31
ft
pnyala-tala-kharjura-haritaka-vibhitakai^, 5
nana-dhatu-satair naddlian vividhan api c* acalan
nikunjan pansamghustan, daiis c* adbhuta-darsanah, 6
nadih saramsi, vapis ca, vividlians ca mnga-dvijaa
sa bahun bhima-rupans ca pisac^-oraga-raksasan, 7
palvalam, tadagani, gin-kutani sarvasaJi
santo nirjliarans c' aiva dadars' adbhuta-darsaDan, 8
yutbaso dadnse c* atra Yidarbh'-adhipa-nandmi
mahisans ca^ yarabans ca, nksans ca, yana-pan-na-gan. 9
tejasa, yasasa, laksmya, stbitya ca paraya yuta
Vaidarbhi yicaraty eka, Nalam anyesati tada. 10
n' abibhyat sa nn-pa-suta Bhaimi tatr' atba kasyacit^
darunam atavim prapya bhartn-yyasana-pidita^ 11
Vidarbha-tanaya, raj an, yilalapa su-duhkhrta,
bbartn-soka-parib'-an-gi, sila-talam ath' asnta. 12
Damayanty uvaca,
yyudh'-oraska, maha-baho, Naisadhanam jan'-adhipa,
kya nu, raj an, gato 's' iha, tyaktva mam vijane yane? 13
asya-medh*-adibbir, yira, kratubhir bhun-daksmaih
katham istya, nara-yyaghra, mayi mithya prayartase? 14
yat tv&y oktam, nara-si^stba, mat-samaksam, maba-dyute,
smartum arhasi, kalyana, yacanam, parthiya-rsabba. 15
yac c' oktam yiba-gair bamsaib samipe taya, bhumi-pa,
mat-samaksam yad uktam ca, tad ayeksitum arbasu 16
catyara ekato yedah s'-an-g'-opan-gab sayistarab,
sy-adbita, Manu-ja-vyagbra satyam ekam kil' aikatab; 17
tasmad arbasi satru-gbna, satyam kartum, nar'-esyara,
32 nal'-opAkhyAnam. XII.
uktavan asi yad, vira, mat-sakiise, piira vacali. 18
Iia vira na nu uain^ aliam ista kila tav', anagha?
asyam atavyam gliorayam kim mam na pratibhasase ? 19
bhakpayaty esa raam raiiclro vyatt'-asyo daruii'-akritili
aranya-rat ksudh-aVLstali : kmi mam na tnitum arbasit 20
"na me tvad anya kacid din pnya 'st*" ity abravih sada;
tA,m ntam kuru, kalyana, pur'-oktam bharatim, nn-pa. 21
unmattam vilapantim mam bbaiyam istam, nar'-adbipa,
ipsitam ipsito, natba, kim mam na pratibbasase? 22
knsam, dinam, vivamam ca, malinam, vasu-dba-'dhipa,
vastr*-arddha-pravritam ekam vilapantim anathavat, 23
yutha-bhrastam iv' aikam mam hannim, pnthu-locana,
na manayasi mam, arya, rudatim, an-karsana. 24
maha-raja, maba-'ranye abam ekakini sati,
Damayanty abbibhase tvam; kim mam na pratibhasase 1 25
kula-siF-opasampanna, caru-sarv'-an-ga-sobbana,
n' adya tvam pratipasyami girav asmm, nar'-ottama. 26
vane c' asmm maba-gbore, simbarvyagbra-nisevite,
sayanam, upavistam va, stbitam va, Nisadb'-adbipa, 27
prastbitam va, nara-srestba, mama soka-vivardbana?
kam nu pnccbami dnbkb'-arta tvad-artbe soka-karsita, 28
"kaccid dnstas tvaya 'ranye samgaty' eba Nalo nn-pabi"
ko nu me va 'tba prastavyo vane 'smm prastbitam Nalam? 29
abbirupam, maka-'tmanara, para-vyuba-vinasanam,
"yam anvesasi, rajanam Naiam padma-nibb'-eksanam. 30
ayam sa," iti, kasy* adya srosyami madburam giram?
aranya-rad ayam srimans, catur-damstro, maba-banub, 31
XII. nal'-opakhyAnam. 33
sardulo 'bhimnkho Hbhyeti; vrajamy enam asan-kita.
bhavan mnganam adlupas; tvam asmin kinane prabhuh; 32
Vidarbha-raja-tanayam " Damayant* " Hi viddhi mam,
Nisadh'-adhipater bharyam Nalasy' amitra-gbatinah, 33
patim anvesatim ekam knpanamy sokarkarsitam,
asvasaya, mrigf-endr', eha, yadi dnstas tvaya Nalah; 34
atha va, 'ranya-nn-pate, Nalam yadi na samsasi,
mam khadaya, mnga-srestha, duhkhad asmad vimocaya. . 35
srutya 'ranye yilapitam mam' aisa mnga-rat svayam
yaty etam mnsta-salilam apa-gam sagaram-gamam. 36
imam sil'-occayam punyam srm-gair bahubbir ucchntaih,
virajadbhir, divi-spngbliir, n* aika-varnair, mano-haraih, 37
nana-dbatu-samakirnam, yiYidb'-opala-bbusitam
asy' aranyasya mabatab ketu-bbutam iv' ottbitam, 38
Bimbarsardida-matan-ga-varaha-*rksa-mng*-ayutam,
patatnbbir babu-vidbaib samantad anunaditam, 39
kimsuk'-asoka-vakula-punnagair upasobbitam
karnikara-dbavarplaksaib su-piispair upasobbitam 40
sandbbib sa-vibam-gabbib, sikbarais ca samakulam
gin-rajam imam tavat pnccbami nn-patim prati; 41
bhagayann, acalarsrestha, diyya-darsana, yisruta,
saranya, babu-kalyana, namas te 'i^u, mabi-dbara; 42
praname tva 'bbigamy' abam; raja-putrim nibodba mam,
raj nab snusam, raja-bbaryam, "Damayant* iti visrutam. 43
raja Vidarbb'-adhipatih pita mama, maba-ratbah,
Bbimo nama ksiti-patis catur-yarnyasya raksita; 44
raja-suy'-asya-medbanam kratunam daksinayatam
34 NAL'-OPlKHTlNAM. XII.
aharta parthiva-sresthah prithu-carv-ancit'-ekRanah. 45
brahmanjah, sadhu-Trittas ca, satyavag, anasuyakah,
silayan, yiryarsampannah^ pnthu-srir^ dharmarViCy chucih, 46
samyag gopta Yidarbhanam, nirjit'-an-ganah prabhuh,
tasya mam Tiddhi tanayam, bhagavans, tvam upasthitbam. 47
Nisadbesu maha-rajah svasuro me nar'-ottamah
gnhita-namay vikhyato "Virasena" iti, sma ha; 48
tasya rajnah suto virah, sriman, satya-parakramah
kramarpraptam pitub svam yo rajyam samanusasti ha, 49
NaJo nam' an-ha, syamah, Funyasloka iti srutah
brahmanyo, veda-Tid, vagmi, pimya-knt, soma-po 'gmman 50
yasta, data ca, yoddha ca, samyak c' aiva prasasita;
tasya miim, acala-srestha, yiddbi bharyam ib' agatam, 51
tyakta^yam, bhartn-limam, anathain, vyaaan'-anntam,
anvesamanam bhartaram, tarn vai nara-var'-ottamam; 52
kham uUikbadbbir etair hi tvaya snn-gaA^satair nn-pah
kaccid dnsto, 'cala-srestha, vane 'smm darune Nalah? 53
gaj'-endra-vikramo, dhiman, dirgha-bahur^ amarsanah,
vikrantah, satya-vag, viro, bharta mama maha-yasah? 54
Nisadhanam adhipatih kaccid dnstas tvaya Kalah?
kmi mam vilapantim ekam, parvata-srestha, vihvalam 55
gira n' asvasayasy adya, svam sutam iva duhkhitam?
vira, vikranta, dharma-jna, satysrsandha, mahi-pate, 56
yady asy asmm vane, rajan, darsay* atmanam atmana.
kada su-snigdha-gambhiram jimuta-svana-sanmbham 67
srosyami Naisadhasy* aham vacam tarn amnt'-opamam,
"Vaidarbh*" ity eva vispastam subham rajno maha-'tmanah 58
XII. NAL'-OPlKHYlNAM. 35
amnayarsanniniy nddham mama soka-vinasmiml
bhitam asvasayata mam, nn-pate, dliarma-vatsala." 59
iti sa tarn gin-srestham uktva parthiya-nandmiy
Damayanti tato bhuyo jagama disam uttaram. 60
sa gatva trin aho-ratran dadarsa param'-an*gana
tapas'-aranyam atulam divya-kananardarsanam, 61
Yasistha-Bhngy-Atn-samAis tapasair upasobhitam,
myataihy samyat'-aharair, dama-sauca-samanyitaihy 62
ab-bhaksairy vayu-bhaksais ca^ pam'-aharais tath' aiva ca
jit'-endnyair, maba-bliagaib, syarga-marga-didnksubhih, 63
valkal'-ajmarsamvitair munibhib samyat'-endnyaih.
tapas'-adbyositam ramyami dadars' asrama-mandalam 64
nana-mnga-ganair justam, sakharmnga-gan'-ayutam
tapasaib samupetam ca, sa dnstv' aiva samasvasat. 65
su-bhnih, su-kesi, su4roni, su-kuca, sa-dyi-j'-anana,
TarcasYini, su-pratistlia, sv-asiV-ayata-locaiia, 66
sa Yives' asrama-padam Yiras^na-suta-pnya,
%
yosid-ratnam, maha-bhaga Damayanti tapasvini 67
sa 'bbivadya tapo-ynddhan vmaya 'vanata sthita.
'^SY-agatam ta/' iti prokta taib sarvais tapasais ca sa; 68
pujam c' asya yatha-nyayam kntva tatra tapo-dhanab,
"asyatam" ity ath* ocus te, "bruhi kirp karavamahai ? " 69
tan uvaca var*-aroha, "kaccid bhagavatam iha
tapasy, agnisu, dharmesu, mriga-paksisu c', anaghah, 70
kusalaip vo, maha-bhagah, sva-dharm'-acaranesu cal''
tair ukta, "kusalam, bhadre, sarvatrV eti, "yasasvini, 71
brubi, sarv'-anavady'-an«gi, ka tvam] kun ca cikirsasi?
86 NAL'-OPlKHylNAM. XII.
dnstv' aiva te param rupam, dyutim ca paramam ilia. 72
vismayo nah samutpannah j samasvasihi, ma sucah.
asy' aranyasya devi tvam, utaho 'sya mahi-bhntah, 73
asyas ca nadyah? kalyani^ vada satyam, amndite.''
sa 'bravit tan nsin, "n* aham aranyasy* asya devata, 74
na c' asya girer, vipra, n' aiva nadyas ca devata.
manusim mam vijanita yuyam sarve, tapo-dhanah. 75
vistaren' abhidhasyami; tan me snnuta sarvasah.
Vidarbhesu mahi-palo Bhimo, nama mahi-patih; 76
tasya mam tanayam sarve janita, dvi-ja-sattamah;
Nisadh'-adhipatir dhiman Nalo nama maha-yasah^ 77
virah samgrama-jid, vidyan, mama bharta visam patih,
devat'-abhyarcana-paro, dvi-jati-jana-vatsalah, 78
gopta Nisadha-vamsasya, maha-teja, maha-balah,
satyarvag, astra-vit, prajnah, satya-sandho, 'n-mardanah, 79
brahmanyo, daivata-parah, sriman, para-puran-jayah,
Nalo nama, nn-pa-srestho, deva-raja-sama-dyutih, 80
mama bharta Tisal'-aksali, purn'Hendu-yadano, 'n-ha,
aharta kratu-mukhyanam, veda-ved'-an-ga-paragah, 81
sa-patnanam mndhe hanta, ravi-soma-sama-prabhah.
sa kaiscm niknti-prajnair, anaryair, aknt'-atmabhih, 82
ahuya pnthivi-palaJb, satya^arma-parayanah,
devane kusalair, jihmair, jito rajyam, yasuni ca. 83
tasya mam ayagacchadhvam bharyam raja-rsabhasya vai
'Damayant/ 'iti, vikbyatam bbartur darsana-lalasam^ 84
sa vanam, girins c' aiva, saramsi, santas tatha,
palvalaiii ca sai-vam, tatha 'ranyani sarvasah, 85
XII. nal'-op A khyAnam. 37
anvesamana bhartaram Nalam rana-visaradam,
maha-'tmanam, krit'-astram ca vicaram' iha dulikluta. 86
kaccid bhagayatam ramyam tapo-vanam idam nn-pah
bhavet prapto Kalo nama Nisadbanam jan'-adhipah 1 87
yat-knte 'ham idam durgam prapanna bhnsa-darunam
vanam pratibhayam, ghoram, sardula-mnga'Sentam, 88
yadi kaiscid abo-ratrair na draksyami Nalam nri-pam,
atmanam sreyasa yoksye dehasy' asya vilnocanat. 89
ko nu me jiyiten' arthas tarn nte purusa-rsabham?
katham bhavisyamy ady' aham bhartn-sok'-abhipidita?" 90
tatha Yilapantim ekam araaye Bhima-naiidinim
Damayantim ath' ocus te tapasab satya-darsmah, 91
''udarkas tava^ kalyani^ kalyano bbayita, subhe,
vayam pasyamas tapasa, ksipram draksyasi Naisadhaik^ 92
Nisadhanam adbipatim Kalam^ npu-nipatinam^
Bhamn, dbarma-bhntam srestham draksyase vigata-jYaram, 93
vmiiiktam sarva-papebbyah sarva-ratnarsamaayitam^
tad eva nagaram bbuyab prasasatam anm-Hlamamy 94
dvisatam bbaya-kartaram, su-bndam soka-nasanam,
pa tun draksyasi, kalyani^ kalyan'-abbijanam nn-pam." 95
eyam uktva Nalasy' estam mahisim, parthiy'-atma-jam^
tapasa 'ntar-bitah saxre, s'-agni-botr'-asramas tada. 96
sa dnstya mahad ascaryam yismita hy abbayat tada
Damayanty, anayady'-an-gi^ Yirasena-nn-pa-snusa; 97
''kim nu syapno maya dnstabl ko ^j^m yidbir ib' abbayat 1
kya nu te tapasab sarye? kya tad. asrama-mandalam? 98
kva sa punya-jala, ramya nadi dvi-)a-mse vital
38 NAL'-OPlKHYlNAM. XII.
kva nu te ha na^ hndjah, pbala-pusp'-opasobhitahl" 99
dhyatva ciram Bhima-suta Damayanti suci-smita,
bbartn-soka-para, dina, yivarna-yadana 'bbavat. 100
sa gatva 'tb' aparam bbumim vaspa-sandigdbaja gira
Yilalap' asru-purn'-aksi dnstva 'soka-tarum tatah 101
upagamya taru-srestbam asokam puspiiam vane
pallay'-apiditam bndyam vibam-gair animaditam, 102
^'abo vat' ayam agamak sriman asmin van'-antare,
apidair babubbir bbati sriman parvata-rad lya, 103
visokam kuru mam ksipram, asoka pnya-darsana.
vitarsoka, bbay'-abadbam kaccit tvam dnstaran nn-pam 104
Nalam nam' an-mardanam, Damayantyab pnyam patmil
Nisadbanam adbipatim dnstavan asi me pnyam, 105
eka-vastr'-arddba-samvitam, su-kumara-tanu-tvacam,
yyasanen' arditam yiram, aranyam idam agatami 106
yatba visoka gaccbeyam, asoka-naga, tat karu,
satya-nama bbav', asoka, asokab, soka-nasanah." 107
evam sa 'soka-vriksam tam arta vai pangamya ba,
jagama darunataram desam Bbauni var'-an-gana. 108
sa dadarsa nagan n'-aikan, n'-aikas ca santas tatba,
n'-aikans ca parvatan ramyan, n'-aikans ca mnga-paksinaJb, 109
kandarans ca, mtambans ca, nadis c' adbbuta-darsanab,
dadarsa sa Bbima-suta patmi anvesati tada. 110
gatva praknstam adbvanam, Damayanti suci-smita,
dadars' atba maba-sartbam, basty-asvarratbarsamkukun, 111
uttarantam nadim ramyam, prasannarsahlam, subbam
Bu-santa-toyam vistirnam, bradmim, vetasair vntam, 112
XII. nal'-opAkhyanam. 39
prodghustam kraunca-kurarais, cakrarvak'-opakujitam
kimQargraha-jhas'-akirnam, pulina-dvipa-sobhitam. 113
sa dnstv' aiva maharsartham Nala-patni yasasvini,
upasarpya var'-aroha jana-madhyam vivesa ha, 114
iinmatta-rupa, sok'-arta, tatha vastr'-arddha-samvnta,
knia, viTarna, malina, pamsu-dhvasta^iro-ruha. 116
tarn dnstva tatra manu-jah, kecid bhitah pradudruvuh,
kecic cinta-paras tasthuh, kecit tatra pracukrusuh, 116
prahasanti sma tarn kecid, abhyasuyanti c' apare,
akurvata dayam kecit, papracchus c' api, Bharata, 117
''ka 'sil kasy' asi, kalyanil kim va mngayase yane]
tvam dnstva vyathitah sm' eha; kaccit tvam asi manusi? 118
vada satyam; vanasy* asya, parvatasy', atha va disah
devata tvam hi, kalyani, tvam vayam saranam gatah. 119
yaksi va, raksasi va, tvam utaho 'si sur^-an^ganal
sarvatha kuru nah sv-asti, raksa c' asman, amndite; 120
yatha 'yam sarvatha sarthah ksemi sighram ito vrajet;
tatha vidhatsva, kalyam, yatha sreyo hi no bhavet." 121
tath' okta tena sarthena Damayanti nn-p'-atma-ja
pratynvaca tatah sadhvi, bhartn-vyasana-pidita, 122
sartha-vaham ca, sartham ca, jana ye tatra kecana,
yuva^tlmvira.bala8 ca, sarthasya ca puro^gamai, 123
''manusim mam vijanita, manu-j'-adhipateh sutam,
nn-pa-snusam, rajarbharyam, bhartn-darsana-lalasam; 124
Yidarbha-rad mama pita; bharta raja ca Naisadhah,
Nalo nama, maha-bhagas, tam margamy aparajitam 125
yadi janitha nn-patim ksipram, samsata me priyam,
40 nal'-opAkhyInam.
Nalam, pumsarsardulam, amitra-gana-sudanam.'' 126
tarn uvac' anavadj-an-gim sarthasya mahatah prabhuh,
sartha-vahali, Sucir nama, "srinu, kalyani, mad-vacah; 127
aliam sarthasya neta vai sartha-vahah, suci-smite,
manusyam Nala-namanam na pasyami, yasasYim. 128
kunjara-dyipi-maliiRa-sardula-rkRa--mrigan apt
pasyamy asmm vane kntsne hy amanusya-mseyite, 129
nte tvam manusim martyam na pasyami malia-rane.
tatha no yaksa-rad adya Manibhadrah prasidatu." 130
sa Hbravit banijah sarvan, sartha-yabam ca tarn tatah,
"kva nu yasyati sartho 'yarn? etad akhyatum arhasi." 131
sariha-vaha uvaca,
sartho 'yam Cedi-rajasya Subahoh, satya-darsinah,
ksipram jana-padam ganta labhaya, manu-j'-atma-je. 132
iti Nal'-opakhyane dva-dasah sargah.
XIII.
sa tac chrutva 'navady'-an^gi sartha-vaha-yacas tada,
ja|;ama saha ten' aiva sarthena pati-lalasa. 1
atha kale bahutithe vane mahati darune,
tadagam sarvato bhadram padma-saugandhikam mahat 2
dadnsur banijo ramyam, prabhuta-yayas'-endhanam,
baiiu-puspa-phal'-opetamy nana-paksi-nisevitam; 3
zurmala-svadu-saklam, mano-han, su-sitalam;
_ g d-pansranta-vahaa te mvesaya mano dadhuh; 4
^^^^■mte sartha-vahasya yiyisur vanam uttamam.
\
XIII. NAL'-OPAKHYANAM. 41
uvasa sarthah sa mahan yelam asadya pascimam. 6 .
ath* arddha-ratra-samaye mhsabda-stimite tad%
supte sarthe paiisrante; hasti-yutham upagamat 6
paniy'-artham gin-nadim, mada-prasrayan'-anlam,
ath' apasyata sartham tam^ sartha-jan su-bahun gajan; 7
te tan gramya-gajan dnstva sarve vana-gajas tada,
samadravauta vegena jighamsanto mad'-otkatah. 8
tesam apatatam vegah karinam duhsalio 'bbayat^
nag'-agrad iva airnanam srm*ganam patatam ksitau; 9
syandatam api nagaaam marga nasta van'-odbhayaih
margam samrudhya samsuptam padminyah sartham nttamam; 10
te tarn mamarduh sahasa cestamanam mahi-tale.
• • •
ha-ha-karam pramuncantah sarthikah saran'-axtiuaah, 11
vana-gulmans ca dhavanto nidra-'iidha bahavo 'bhavaiii
kecid dantaih, karaih kecit^ kecit padbhyam hata gajaah. 12
nihat'-ostras ca bahulah^ padati-janarsamkolah,
bhayad adhavamanas ca parashpara-hatas tada^ 13
ghoran nadan vuuimcanto mpetur dharani-tale,
ynksesY aruhya samrabdhah patita, yisamesu ca, li
evam prakarair bahubhir daiveu' akramya hastibhih,
rajan, yinihatam sarram samnddham sartha-mandalam. 15
aravah su-mahads c' asit trai-lokya-bhaya-karakah,
''eso 'gnir utthitah kastas; trayadhvam, dhavat' adhuna 16
ratna-rasir visirno ^am; gphnidhvam kun pradhavatha?
samanyam etad draymam; na mithya-yacanam mama." 17
evam eV-abhibhasanto vidravanti bhayat tada^
"punar ev* abhidhasyami, cintayadhvam, sa-katarah." 18
42 nal*-opAkhyjLnam; XIII.
taaminR tatha vaxtamane dariine jana-sarnksayei
Damayanti ca bubudhe bhaya-santrasta-manasa, 19
apasyad Yaisasam tatra sarya-loka-bhayam-karam.
adnsta-purvam tad dnstva bala padma-mbh'-eksana, 20
samsakta^yadan'-asYasa uttasthau bhaya-yihvala.
ye tu tatra yinirmuktah sarthat kecid aviksatah, 21
td 'bruvan sahitah sarve, ^'kasy' edam karmanah phalam?
nunam na piijito 'smabhir Manibhadro maba-yasah? 22.
tatha yaks'-adhipah sriman na vai Yaisravanah prabbuh?
na puja vighna-kartrinam atha ya prathamam kntal 23
saknnanam phalam ya 'tha yiparitam idam dhruyami
graha na yiparitas tu? kim anyad idam agatami" 24
a^are ty abruyan dina^ jnati-drayya-yinakntah,
"ya 'say adya maha-sarthe nari hy unmatta-darsana^ 25
prayista yiknt'-akara, kritya rupam amanusam,
tay' eyam yihita puryam maya parama^amna, 26
raksasi ya dhruyam yaksi, pisad ya bhayam-kari;
tasyah saryam idam papam; n' atra karya yicaraoa. 27
yadi pasyema tam papam, sartha-ghnim n'-aika-duhkha-dam,
lostabhih, pamsubhis c' aiya trmaih, kasthais ca mustibhih, 28
ayasyam eya banyama sarthasya kila kntyakam/'
Damayanti tu tac chrutya yakyam tesam su-darunam, 29
hrita, bhita ca samyigna pradrayad yatra kananam.
asan*kamana tat papam atmanam paryadeyayat, 30
'^aho mam' opan yidheh samrambho daruno mahan;
n' anubadhnati kusalam; kasy' edam karmanah phalam) 31
na smaramy asubham kincit kntam kasyacid any api;
V
XIII. . nal'^-opIkhyXnAm. . 43
karmana, manasa, yaca, kasj' edam karmanah phalam? 32
nunam janm'-antara-kntain papam apatitam mabat;
apascimam imam kastam apadam praptayaty aham, 33
bhaiiiri-rajy'-apaharaDLam, sva-janac ca parajayah;
bhartra saha viyogas ca, tanayabhyam ca vicyutib, ,3^
nimatbata, vanevaso bahu-vyala-nisevite."
ath' apare-dyuh samprapte, hata-sista janas tada 35
desat tasmad yioiskramya socante vaisasam kntamj;
bbrataram, pitaram, putram, sakhayam ca, nar-adbipa; 3$
asocat tatra Yaidarbhi, ^'kim nu me duakritam kntam?
yo *pi me nirjane 'ranye samprapto 'yam jan*-arnavah, 37
sa bato basti-yutbena manda-bbagyad mam' aiva tat
praptayyam suciram dubkbam nunam ady' api yai maya; 38
/n' aprapta-kalo mnyate,' srutam ynddb'-anusasanam;
yad n' abam adya mndita basti-yutbena dubkbita, 39
na by adaiyam kntam kincm naranam iba yidyate,
na ca me bala-biiaye 'pi kincit papa-kntam kritam^ iO
karmana, mauasa, yaca, yad idam dubkbam agatam.
manye syayam-yara-knte loka-palab samagatab, 41
pratyakbyata maya tatra Nalasy' artbaya deyatab,
nunam tesam prabbayena yiyogam praptays^ty abam." 42
eyam-adini dubkbarta sa yilapya yar'-an*gana,
pralapani tada tant Damayanti pati-yrata, 43
batarsesaib saba tada brabmanair yeda-para-gaib,
agaccbad, raja-sardula, candra-lekb' eya saradi. 44
gaccbanti sa cirad bala puram asadayad mabat
say'-abne Cedi-rajasya Subabob eatya-darsinab. 45
44 nal'-opAehtAnam. XIII.
atha vastr'-arddha-samvita praviyesa pnr'-ottamam.
tarn Yilivalam, knsam, dinaniy mukta-kesim, amarjitam, 46
umnattam iva gaochantim dadnsuh pura-yasmahj
pravisaiitim tu, tarn dnstva Cedi-raja-piirim tada 47
anujfignms tatra bala granu-putrah katuhalat.
sa taih panvnta *gacchat samipam raja-vesmanah. 48
tarn prasada-gata 'pasyad rajarmata janair vntam,
dhatrim uvaca, ^ gacch'' ainam anay' eha mam.' antikam. 49
janena klisyate bala duhkhita saran'' arthmi;
tadng rupam ca pasjami vidyotayati me gpham^ 50
unmatta-vesa kalyani Srir iv* -ayata-locana."
sa jjEmani' yarayitva tam prasada-talam uttamam 51
juropya vismitak; rajan, Damayandm apncchata^
'^evam apy asukh'-ayista bibharsi paramam Tapuh, 52
J)hasi vidyud iy' abhresu; samsa me, ka 'si, kasya va;
na hi te manu^am rupam, bhusamir api varjitam;. 53
asahaya narebbyas ca n' odyijasy, amara-pzabhe."
tac cbrutya vacanam tasya Bhaimi yacanam abrayit, 54
^'manusim mam yijanihi bhartaram samanuvratam
sairandbrim, jaia-sampannam, bhujisyam,, kama-yasmim; 55
phala-mul'-asanam ekam yatra-sayam-pratisrayam.
asamkhyeya-guno bharte^ mam ca nityam anuyratab, 56
bhakta 'bam api tam yiram cbay' ey' anugata patbi.
tasya daiyat prasan-go 'bbud atimatram sma deyane; 57
dyute sa mrjitas c' aiva yanam eka upeyiyan;
tam eka-yasauam yiram umnattam lya yibyalam, 58
asyasayanti bhartaram aham apy agamam yanam.
xni
NAL'-OPlKHTlNAM.
45
sa kadacid yaue virah kasmxnscit karan'-antare, 59
ksut-paritas tu vunanas tad apy ekam vyasariayat.
tarn eka-yasana nagnam^ immattavad acetasam^ 60
anuvrajanti baihula na svapami nisas tadaj
tato bahuUthe kale auptam utsnjya mam kvacit, 61
yasaso 'rddham pancchidya tyaktavan mam anagasam.
tarn margamana bhartaram dahyamana diva-msam 62
sa 'ham kamala-garbh'-abliam apasyanti hndi pnyam,
na vmdamy amara-prakbyam pnyam pran*-esvaram prabbum." 63
tam asru-panpurn'-aksim, vilapantim tatba babu,
raja-mata 'bravid artam Bbaimim artatara svayam, 64
''vasasva mayi^ kalyam; pritir me parama tvayi.
mngayisyanti te, bbadre, bhartaram purusa mama; 65
api ya syayam agacchet pandhayaiin itas-tatah,
ih' aiya yasati, bhadre^ bhartaram upalapsyase." 66
raja-matur yacah srutya^ Damayanti yaco 'brayit^
^'samayen' otsahe yastum tvayi, vira-prajaymi, 67
ucchistam n' aiya bhunjiyazn, na kuryam pada-dhayanam,
na c' aham purusan anyan prabhaseyam kathancana; 68
prarthayed yadi mam kascid, dandyas te sa puman bhayet;
badhyas ca te 'saknn manda, iti me yratam ahitam; 69
bhartur anyesan'-artham tu paayeyam brahmanan aham :
yady eyam iha kartayyam yatsyamy aham asamsayam; 70
ato 'nyatha na me yaso yartate hndaye kyaaf
tam prahnstena manasa raja-mat' edam abrayit, 71
''saryam etat kansyami distya te yratam idnsam.''
i^yam uktya tato Bhaimim raja-mata, yisam pate, 72
46 nal'-opIkhyJInam.
uvac' edam duhitaram Sunandam nama, Bharata,
*^Bairandlirim abhijanisva, Sunande, deva-rupinim; 73
vayasa tulyatam prapta sakhi tava bhavatv lyam;
etaya saha modasva inrudvigna-maiiah sada." 74
tatah paramarsamlirista Sunanda gnham agamat,
Damayantim upadaya sakhibhih parivanta. 75
iti Nal'-opakhyane trayo-dasah sargah.
XIV.
Ynhadasva uvaca,
utsnjya Damayantim tu Nalo raja, visam pate,
dadarsa davam dahyantam znahantam gahane vane, 1
tatra susrava sabdam vai madhye bhutasya kasyacit,
^* abhidhava, NaV" ety uccaih, "Punyaslok*" eti c' asaknt. 2
''ma bhair/' iti, Kalas c' oktva, madhyam agneh prayisya tam
dadarsa naga-rajanam sayanam, kundali-kntam. 3
sa nagah) pranjalir bbutva, yepamano Kalam tada
uvaca, ''mam viddhi, rajan, nagam Karkotakam, nn-pa; 4
maya pralabdho maha-rsir Naradah sa maha-tapah;
tena manyu-paritena sapto 'smi, manu-j'-adhipa; 5
'tistha tvam sthavara iva, yavad eva Nalah kvacit
ito neta; hi tatra tvam sapad moksyasi mai-kntat.'
tasya sapad na sakto 'smi padad vicalitum padam;
upadeksyami te sreyas tratom arhati mam bhavan; 7
sakha ca te bhavisyami, mat-samo n' asti pan-na-gah;
laghus ca te bhavisyami sighram adaya gaccha mam." 8
XIV. nal'-ojpAkhyAnam. 47
eVam uktva sa uag'-endro babhuv' angustha-iDati*akah ;
tarn gnhitya Kalah prayad desam daya-yivarjitam. 9
akasa-desam asadya yimuktam knsna-vartmana,
utsrastu-kamam tarn nagah punah Karkotako 'bravit, 10
^'padani ganayan. gaccha svani, Kaisadha^ kanicit;
tatra te 'ham, maharbaho, sreyo dhasyami yat paranL" 11
tatah samkhyatum arabdham adasad dasame pade;
tasya dastasya tad-rupam ksipram antar-adhiyata. 12
sa dnstva yismitas tastMy atmanam yikntam Nalalu
• • • • • • •
sya-rupa^lharmam nagam dadarsa ca mahi-patih; 13
tatah Karkotako nagah santyayan Nalam abrayit,
"maya te 'ntar-hitam rupam na tyam yidyur jana iti; 14
yat-knte c' asi nikrito diihkhena mahata, Nala,
4
yisena sa madiyena tyayi duhkham niyatsyati. 15
yisena samyntair gatrair yayat tyam na yimoksyati,
tayat tyayi, maha-raja, duhkham yai sa niyatsyatL 16
anaga yena nikntas tyam anarho, jan'-adhipa,
krodhad asuyayitya tarn raksa me bhayatah knta. 17
na te bhayam, nara-yyaghra, damstnbhyah, satruto 'pi ya,
brahma-rsibhyas ca bhayita mat-prasadad, nar'-adhipa. 18
rajan, yisa-nmutta ca na te pida bhayisyati;
samgramesu ca, raj'-endra, sasyaj jayam ayapsyasi. 19
gaccha, rajann, itah, suto Yahuko 'ham', iti, bruyan
samipam Bituparnasya; sa hi yed'-aksa-naipunam ; 20
Ayodhyam nagarim ramyam adya yai, Nisadh'-esyara;
sa te 'ksa-hndayam data raj' asya-hndayena yai: 21
Iksyaku-kula-jah sriman mitram c' aiya bhayisyati.
48 nal'-opAkhyAnam.
bhavisyasi yada Icsa-jiiah srejaaa yoksyase tads, 22
samesyasi ca darais tram, ma sma soke manah knthah,
rajyena, tanayabhyam ca; satyam etad brayimi te: 23
sva-rupam ca yada drastmn icchethas tvam, Dar'-adhip%
samsmartavyas tada te 'hani, vasas c' edam nivasayehj 24
anena vasasa 'cchannah sva-rupam pratipatsyase."
ity uktva pradadau tasmai divyam yaso-yugam tada; 25
evam Nalam ca sandisya, yaso datva ca, Kaurava,
naga-rajas tato, rajans, tatr' aiV antar-adbiyata. 26
iti Kar opakbyane catuivdasab sargah.
XV.
Vndbasva uvaca,
tasmmn antar-bite nage, prayayau Kaisadbo Nalab,
Eituparnasya nagaram pravisad dasame 'bam. 1
sa rajanam upatistbad, ''Yabuko 'bam/' iti, bruyan,
'^asvanam vabane yuktab, pntbivyam n' asti mat<«amab; 2
artba-knccbresu c' aiv' abam prastavyo, naipimesu ca;
aima-samskaram api ca janamy anyair visesatab. 3
yam silpam loke 'smm, yac c' anyat su-duskaram,
sarvam yatisye tat kartmn; Rituparna, bbarasva mam." 4
Bitupama uvaca,
vasa^ Yabuka, bbadram te; sarvam etat kansyasi;
sigbra-yane sada buddbir dbnyate me visesatab; 5
sa tvam atistba yogam tarn, yena sigbra baya mama
bbaveyur; asv'-adhyakso 'm; vetanam te satam satab. 6
XV. nal'-opAkhyAnam. 49
tvam upasthasyatas c' aiva nityam Yarsneya-Jivalau;
etabhyam ramsyase saixldham: vasa vai mayi, Yahuka." 7
evam iikto Kalas tena nyavasat tatra pujitah^
Erituparnasya nagare saha-Varsneya-Jivalah. 8
sa vai tatr* avasad raja Vaidarbhim anucintayan,
sayani; sayam sada c'emam slokam ekam jagada ha, 9
'* kva nu sa ksut-pipas'-arta, sranta, sete tapasvini,
smaranti tasya mandasya, kam va sa 'dy' opatisthati?" 10
evam bruvantam rajanam nisayam Jivalo /bravit, 11
" kam imam socase mtyam, srotum iccbami, Vahuka ;
ayusman, kasya va nan, yam evam anusocasi." 12
ivaca Kalo raja, ^'mandarprajnasya kasyacit
jt. baliumata nari tasy' adndhataram vacah; 13
sa vai kenacid arthena taya mando vyayujyata,
Yiprayuktah sa, mand'-atma bhramaty asukba-piditah, 14
dahyamanah sa sokena divarratram atandntah,
msa-kale smarans tasyah ^okam ekam sma gayati. 15
sa vibhraman mahiTp sarvam kvacid asadya kincana,
vasaty anarhas tad duhkham bbuya ev* anusamsmaran. 16
sa tu tam purusam naii knccbre 'py anugata vane,
tyakta ten* alpa-punyena duskaram yadi jivati, 17
eka bala 'nabhijna ca marganam a-tath'-ocita,
ksut-pipasa-parit'-an-gi duskaram yadi jivatL 18
sva-pad*-acante nityam vane mahati darune
tyakta ten' alpa-bkagyena manda-prajnena, mansa." 19
ity evam Naisadho raja Damayantim anusmaran,
ajnata-vasam nyavasad rajnas tasya nivesane. 20
iti NaF-opakhyane panca-dasah sargah.
50 nal'-opAkhtInam.
XVI.
Ynhadasva uvaca,
hnta-rajye Nale, Bhimah, sa-bharye presyatam gate,
dvijan prasthapayamasa Nala-darsana-kan-ksaya 1
samdidesa ca tan Bhimo yasu datva ca puskalam,
'^mrigayadhvam Nalam yuyam, Damayantim ca me sutam. 2
asmin karmani sampanne, vijnate Nisadh'-adhipe,
gavam sahasram dasyami yo vas tav anayisyati. 3
agraharans ca dasyami gramam nagara-sammitam ;
na cec chakyav ih' anetum Damayanti, Nalo 'pi va, 4
jnata-matre 'pi dasyami gavam dasa satam dhanam/'
ity uktas te yaynr hnsta brahmanah sarvato disam, 5
pnra-rastrani cinvanto Naisadham saha bharyaya;
n'aiya kv' api prapasyanti Nalam, va Bhima-putnkam. 6
tatas Cedi-purim ramyam Sudevo nama vai dvijah,
vicmvano *tha Vaidarbbim apasyad raja-vesmam, 7
puny-aha-vacane rajnah Sananda-sabitam stbitam.
mandam prakhyayamanena rupen' apratimena tam,
mbaddbam dhuma-jalena prabham iva vibbavasob. 8
tain samiksya visar-aksim, adbikam malinam, knsam,
tarkayamasa, ^'Bbaimi" 'ti, karanair upapadayan. 9
Sadeva nvaca,
yath' eyam me pura dnsta, tatha-rup' eyam an*gana
'smy adya dnstv' emam loka-kantam iva snyam, 10
i-nibham, syamam paru*viitta-payo-dharam,
^^oit'-artho 'si
V
XVI. nal'-opAkhtAnam. 51
kurvantim prabhaya devim sarva vitimira disah, 11
caru-padma-visar-aksiin, Manmathasya Batim iva;
istam samasta-lokasya puma-candra-prabham iva. 12
Yidarbha-sarasas tasmad daiva-dosad iV oddhntam,
mala-pan-k'-anulipt'-an-gim mrmalim iva c'oddhntam 13
paurna-masim iva nisam rahu-grasta-nisa-karam,
pati-sok'-akulam dinam suska-srotam nadim iva; 14
vidbvasta-pama-kamalam, vitrasita-vihan-gamam
basti-basta-paramristam vyakulam iva padminim. 15
8u-kumarim, su-jat'-an-giin, ratna-garbha-gph'-ocitam,
dahyamanam iv' arkena mniialiTTi iva c'pddbntam. 16
rup'-audarya^gun'-opetam, mandan'-arham, amaaditam,
candra-lekham iva navam vyomni nil'-abhra-sanivritain. 17
kamarbbogaib pnyair hinam, hiiiam, bandbu-janena ca,
debam dbarayatim, dinain, bbartn-darsana-kan-ksaya. 18
bbarta nama param narya bbusanam bhusanair vina ;
esa bi rabita tena sobbamana na sobbate. 19
duskaram kurute *tyantam bino yad anaya Nalab
dbarayaty atmano debam na soken' avasidati. 20
uuam asita-kes'-antam, sata-patr'-ayat'-eksanam
sukb'-arbam dubkbitam dnstva mam' api vyatbate manah. 21
kada nu kbalu dubkbasya param yasyati vai subba,
bbartub samagamat sadbvi Bobmi sasmo yatbal 22
asya nunam punar-labbad Naisadbab pritmi esyati,
raja rajya-panbbrastah, punar labdbva ca medinim; 23
tuly a-sila^vay o-yuktam, tuly '-abbij ana-sarnvntam,
Naasadbo" 'rbati Vaidarbbim, tarn c' eyam asit'-eksana. 24
52 nal'-opAkhyAnam. XVI.
yuktam tasy* aprameyasya, virya-sattvavato maya
Bamasvasayitum bharyam pati-darsana-lalasam. 25
aham asvasayamy enam piurnaK^andra-nibb'-ananam
adnsta-purvam dubkbasya dubkb'-artam dbyana-tat-param. 26
Vnhadasva uvaca,
evam yimnsya vividbaib karanair, laksanais ca. tarn,
iipagamya tato Bbaimim Sudevo brabmano 'bravit, 27
'^abam Sudevo, Yaidarbbi, bbratus te dayitab sakba,
Bbimasya vacanad rajnas tvam anvestum ib' agatab. 28
kusali te pita, rajni, janani, bbrataras ca te,
ayusmantau kusalinau tatra-stbau darakau ea tau. 29
tvat-knte bandbu-vargas ca gata-sattva iv' asate;
anvestaro brabmaoas ca bbramanti sata^ mabim." 30
abbijnaya Sudevam tarn Damayanti, Tudbistbira,
paryapnccbata tan sarran kramena su-bndab svakan. 31
ruroda ca bbnsam^ rajan, Vaidarbbi soka-karsita,
dnstva Sudeyam sabasa Idiratur istam dyi-y-ottamam. 32
tato rudantim tarn dnstra Sunanda sdka-karsitam
• • • • • %
Sudevena sab' aik'-ante katbayantim ca, Bbarata, 33
janitryab katbayamasa, '^sairandbri rodit'** iti, "vai
brabmanena samagamya tain vettba yadi manyase/' 34
atba Cedi-pater mata rajnas c' antab-pnrat tada,
jagama yatra sa bala brabmanena sab' abbavat. 35
tatab Sudevani anayya raja-mata, visam pate,
papraccba, "bbarya kasy' eyam? suta va kasya bbavinil 36
katbam ca bbrasta jnatibbyo, bbartur va vama-locana 1
tvaya ca vidita, vipra, katbam evam-gata sati? 37
nal'-opAkhyAnam. 53
etad icchamy aham srotum tyattah sarvam asesatah;
tattyena hi mam' acaksva pncchantya deva-rupmim." 38
eyam uktas taya, rajan, Sudeyo, dyi-ja-sattamah,
sukh'-opayista acaste Damayantya yatha-tatham. 39
iti Kal'-opakhyane so-dasah sargah.
XVII.
Sudeva uyaca,
Yidarbha-rajo dharm'-atma Bhimo nama maha-dyutih.
sut' eyam tasya kalyani Damayanti 'ti yisruta; 1
raja tu Naisadho nama Yirasena-suto Nalah,
bhary' eyam tasya kalyani Funyaslokasya, dlmnatah. 2
sa dyute nirjito bhratra hnta-rajyo mahi-patih;
Damayantya gatah sarddham na prajnayata karlucit. 3
te vayam Damayanty-arthe caramah pntbiyim imam;
s' eyam asadita bala taya putra-myesane. 4
asya rupena sadnsi manusi na hi yidyate;
asya hy esa bhruyor madhye sahajah piplur uttamah 5
syamayah padma-san-kaso laksito 'ntar-hito maya,
malena samynto hy asyas channo 'bhren' eya candra-mah. 6
cihna-bhuto yibhuty-artham ayam dhatra yinirmitah
pratipatrkalusasy' endor lekha n' ativirajate. 7
na c'asya nasyate rupam yapur mala-samacitam,
asamskntam api yyaktam bhati kancana-saimibham. 8
anena yapusa bala pipluna 'nena sucita,
laksit' eyam maya deyi, mbhnto *gmr iv' osmana." 9
64 nal*-opAkhyAnam. XVII.
Ynhadasva uvaca,
tac chrutva vacanam tasya Sudevasya, visam pate,
Sunanda sodhayamasa piplu-pracchadanam malam. 10
sa malen' apaknstena piplus tasya vyarocata
Damayantyas, tada yyabhre nabhas' iva nisa-karah. 11
piplum dnstva Sunanda ca, raja-mata ca, Bharata,
rudantyau tarn paiisvajya, muhurtam iva tasthatuh. 12
utsnjya vaspam sanakai, raja-mat* edam abravit,
**bliagmya dubita me 'si, pipluna 'nena sucita; 13
aham ca, tava mata ca rajnas tasya maha-'tmanah
sute Dasarn'-adhipateh Sudanmas, caru-darsane; 14
Bhimasya rajnah sa datta, Yirabahor aham punah;
tvam tu jata may a drista Dasarnesu pitur grihe. 15
yath' aiva te pitnr geham, tath'aiva mama, bhavmi;
yath' aiva ca mam' aisvaryam, Damayanti, tatha tava." 16
tam prahnstena manasa Damayanti, visam pate,
pranamya matur bhagmim idam vacanam abravit, 17
^'ajnayamana 'pi sati sukham asmy usita tvayi,
sarva-kamaih su-vihita raksyamana sada tvaya. 18
sukhat sukhataro vaso bhavisyati na samsayah;
cira-viprositam, matar, mam anujnatum arhasi, 19
darakau ca hi me nitau vasatas tatra balakau,
pitra vihinau sok'-artau, maya c' aiva katham nu tau! 20
yadi c' api pnyam kincid mayi kartum ih* ecchasi,
Vidarbhan yatum icchami, sighram me yanam adisa." 21
"vadham," ity eva tam uktva hnsta matn-svasa, nn-pa.
guptam balena mahata, putrasy* anumate tatah, 22
XVII. nal'-opAkhyAnam. 55
prasthapajad raja-mata srimatim, nara-yabma
yanena, Bharata-srestha, hy anna-pana-pancchadam. 23
tatah sa na-cirad eva Yidarblian agamat punah;
tarn tu bandhu-janah sarvab prabristah samapujayat; 24
sarvan kusalino dnstva bandbavan, darakau ca tau,
mataram, pitaram c* obbau, sarvam c*aiva sakbi-janam. 25
devatab pujayamasa, brabmanans ca yasasvini
parena vidbina devi Damayanti, visam pate. 26
atarpayat Sudevam ca go-sabasrena partbivab,
prito dnstv' aiva tanayam, gramena, dravinena ca. 27
sa vyusta rajanim tatra pitur vesmani bbavini,
Yisranta mataram, rajann, idam Yacanam abi*ayit, 28
**mam ced iccbasi jivantim, matah, satyam bravimi te,
nara-virasya c*aitasya Nalasy' anayane yata." 29
Damayantya tatb' okta tu, sa devi bbrisa-dubkbita
vaspen' apibita, raj an, n'ottaram kincid abravit. 30
tad-avastbam tu tarn dnstva sarvam antab-puram tada
ba-ba-bbutam ativ* asid, bbnsam ca prararoda ba. 31
tato Bbimam maba-rajam bbarya vacanam abravit,
"Damayanti tava suta bbartaram anusocati; 32
apaknsya ca lajjam sa svayam uktavati, nn-pa,
*prayatantu tava presyah Punyaslokasya margane.*" 33
taya pradesito raja brabmanan vasa-vartmah
prastbapayad disab sarva, "yatadbvam Nala-margane." 34
tato Yidarbb'-adbipater niyogad brabmanas tada,
Damayantim atbo sntva, 'prastbitab sm* ety,' atb* abruvan. 35
atba tan abravid Bbaimi, '' sarva-rastresv idam vacab
/ • • • • - «
66 nal'-gpAkhyAnam. XVII.
bruyasta jana-samsatsu, tatra tatra punah punah: 36
'kva nu tvam, kitaya, ccbittva vastr'-arddliam prasthito mama,
utsnjya vipine suptam anuraktam pnyam, pnyal 37
sa yai yatha samadista, tatha 'ste tvat-pratiksini
dahyamana bhnsam bala vastr'-arddhen' abhisamvnta. 38
tasya rudantyah satatam tena sokena, parthiva.
prasadam kuru vai, Tira, prativakyam vadasva ca.* 39
evam anyac ca vaktayyam, knpam kuryad yatha mayi^
(vayima dhuyamano hi vanam dahati pavakah,) 40
^bhartavya, raksaniya ca patni hi patina sada.
tan nastam ubhayam kasmad dharma-jnasya satas tava? 41
khyatah prajnah, kulinas ca s'-annkroso bhavan sada.
samyntto mranukrosah, san-ke, mad-bhagya-san-ksayat. 42
tat kurusva, naia^Tjaghra, dayam mayi, nar'-esyara.
ann-samsyam paro dharmas, tvatta eva maya srutah.' 43
evam bruvanan yadi vah pratibruyad dhi kascana,
sa narah sarvatha jneyah, kas c' asau, kva ca vartate. 44
yas c' aivam vacanam srutva bruyat prativaco narah,
tad adaya vacas tasya mam' avedyam, dyij'-ottamah; 45
yatha ca vo na janiyad bnivato mama sasanat,
punar agamanam c' aiva, tatha karyam atandntaih, 46
yadi va' sau samnddah syad, yadi va 'py adhano bhavet,
yadi va 'py artha-kamah syaj, jneyam tasya cikirsitam." 47
evam uktas tv agacchams te brahmanah sarvato disah^
Nalam mngayitiun, rsyams, tada vyasamnam tatha. 48
te purani sa-rastrani, graman, ghosams, tatha 'sraman,
anvesanto Nalam, rsgan, n' adhijagmur dvijatayahu 49
NAL'-OPAKHYANAM. 57
tao ca vakyam tatha sarve tatra tatra, visam pate,
Bravayan-caknre vipra Damayantya yath' entam. 50
iti Nal'-opakhyane sapta-dasah sargah.
XVIIT.
Ynhadasya uvaca,
atJia dirghasya kalasya Parnado nama vai dvijah
pratyetya nagaram, Bhaiinim idam yacanam abravit, 1
*' Naisadham mngayanena, Damayanti, maya Nalam,
Ayodhyam nagarim gatva Bhan-gasunr upasthitah, 2
sravitas ca maya vakyam tvadiyam sa, maha-mate,
Rituparno maM-bhago yath'-oktam, vara-yarmni, 3
tac chrutva n' abravit kincid Bituparno nar'-adhipah,
na ca pansadah kascid bhasyamano maya 'saknt. 4
anujnatam tu mam rajna vijane kascid abravit
Itituparnasya puruso, Yahuko nama namatah, 5
sutas tasya nar'-endrasya virupo hrasva-bahukah,
sighra-yanesu kusalo, mista-karta ca bhojane : 6
sa vmihsvasya bahuso, mditva ca punah, punah,
kusalam c' aiva mam pnstva, pascad idam abhasata, 7
'vaisamyam api samprapta gopayanti kula-stnyah
atmanam atmana satyo, jita-svarga na samsayah ; 8
rahita bbartribbis c' aiva na krudhyanti kadacana
pnuoams oantra-kavacan dharayanti vara-Btnyah. 9
vifamarsthena mudhena, panblirasta-sukhena ca
yat sa tena pantyakta tatra ihl kroddhum arhati. 10
8
es jsiAj.'-oFJkxBjjLS^M. xvni.
prana- jatram pariprepso^ Aatpnair luita-vi^Ma^
lidlubhir dahTamanafifTa syaina na Jkroddhum arhati; II
sat-knta 'sat-krita va 'pi patiip dnstva tathargatam
bhrasta-rajyam, snya hinam, ksudhitam, vyasan'-aplutam.' 12
tasya tad vacanam srutva tvanto 'ham ih' agatah;
srutva pramanam bhavati, rajnas c'aiva nivedaya," 13
etac chrutva *sru-purn'-aksi Parnadasya, visam pate,
Damayanti raho 'bhjeiya mataram pratyabbasata, 14
^'ayam artho xia samvedyo Bhime, matah, katbancana;
tyairsannidbau niyoksy/e 'bam Sudevam dvija-sattamam. 15
yatba na nri-patir Bbimab pratipadyeta me matun,
tatba tvaya prayattavyaa, xoama cet pnyam locbaai^ 14
yatba c'abam samauita Boderen' asu bandbavan,
ten' aiva mau'galen' asu Sudevo jiiia ma-ciram, 17
flamanetum Kalam, :matar, Ayodbyam pagaiim ttab^^
Tisrantam tu tatab pascat Pamadam d^ija-flftttaijaani 18
Cbrcayamasa YaidarbbjL dJiaaftn' atiya bbayint.
^'Kale c' eb' agate, Tipra, bbiiyo dasyami te Tasn^ 19
Ivaya bi me babu kntam, yatba n^ anyajk kanaya^o,
yad bbartra 'bam Bajoeeyami sigbriim era, dvij'Hoiibama/' 20
evam ukto 'tb' kkvoBjA i»m afiir-yadaib 4aaHtnaii*galaib,
gnban upayayau c' api knf-ariibab si^-'mabaHQflAab. 21
tatab Sudevam abba&ya Danuayanti, Yudbi^bira,
abravit sannidbau matur d\]bkba-«oka-«aanAnTita, ^2
^^gatva, Sudeva, nagarim Ayodbyflryasinam nn-pftia
Kituparnam vaco briibi, jsaxupatann xva kkmA-g^ j2S
'astbasyati punar Bbauni DunuLyiinii WBrn-vwcBX^,
tatra gacchanti lajam^ lija^putraa c» BEtrvasab;; 24
tatha ca ganitah kalah svo-hhxrtie sa bhsvisyail;
yadi sambhavanijas te, gaccha sigliram, ann-dama.. 25
suiy-odaye dvitiyam sa btartaraia varayisyafci ;:
na hi sa jnayate viro Nalo jivati va na va,' " 26
evam taya yath'-okto vai gatva xajanam abravit
Rituparnam, maba-raja, Sudevo farabmanaa tada. 27
iti Nal'-opakbjane astsudaaah aargah^
XIX.
Ynbadasva uvaoa^
srutva vacah Sudevasya Rituparno nar'-adbipa^
santvayan slaksnaya vaca Yahukam pratyabbaf ata^
"Vidarbbam yatum iccbami Damayantyab svayam-varani
ek'-abna, baya-tattva-jna, manyase yadi, Yabuka/'
evam uktasya, Kaimteya^ tena rajna Nalasya ba
Tyadiiyata mano dubkbat, pradadbyau ca maba-manal^,
^' Damayanti vaded etat,^ kuryad dubkbena mobita 1
asmad-artbe bbaved ya 'yam upayas cmtito maban)
nn-samsam vata Yaidarbbi kartu-kama tapaavmi^
maya ksudrena niknta knpana papa-buddbina.
siri-sYarbbayas calo loke, mama dosas ca darunab.
syad eyam api kuiyat sa yiyasad ^tarsaubnda,
mama sokena samyigna nairasyat taun-madbyama :
n'aiyam sa karbicit kuiyat, s'-apatya ca yisesatab.
yad atra satyam ya 'satyam^ gatya yeteyami xuscayamj
60 nal'-opAkhyAnam. XIX.
Eituparnasya vai kamam atm'-artham ca karomy aham/* 8
iti mscitya manaaa Yahuko dina-manasah,
knt'-anjalir uvac* edam Bituparnam nar'-adhipam, 9
*' pratijanami te vakyam, gamisyami, nar'-adhipa,
ek*-alma, purusa-vyaghra Yidarbha-nagarim nn-pa." 10
tatah pariksam asvanam cakre, rajan, sa Yahukah,
asva-salam upagamya Bhan>gasan-nri-p'-ajDaya. 11
sa tvaryamano babosa Kituparnena Yabukah
as van jijnasamano vai vicarya ca piinah, pniiah, 12
adhyagacchat krisan asvan samartban, adbvani ksaman,
tejo-bala-samayuktan, kula-sila-samanvitan, 13
var)ital laksanair binaib, pntbu-protban, maba-banuny
suddban dasabbir avartaib, Sindbu-jan, vata-rambasab. 14
dnstva tan abravid raja kincit kopa-sanianvitab,
" kim idam prartbitam kartum pralabdbavya na te vayam 1 15
katbam alpa-bala-prana vaksyant' ime baya mama?
roabad-adbyanam api ca gantavyam katbam idnsaib? 16
Yabnka uvaca,
eko lalate, dvau murdbni, dvau dvau parsv'-opaparsvayoh,
dvau dvau vaksasi vijneyau, prayane c* aika eva tu; IT
ete baya gamisyanti Yidarbban, n' atra samsayab
yan anyan manyase, rajan, brubi, tan yojayami te. 18
Kituparna uvaca,
tvam eva baya-tattva-jnab kusalo by asi, Yabuka,
yan manyase samartbams tvam, ksipram tan eva yojaya. 19
Ynbadasva uvaca,
tatab sad-asvams caturab ku la-si la-samanvitan,
XIX nal'-opAkhyInam. 61
yojayamasa kusalo java-yuktan rathe Nalah. 20
tato yuktain ratham raja samarohat tvara-'nyitah,
atha paryapatan bhumau janubhis te hay'-K>ttamahr 21
tato nara-varah sriman Kalo raja, Yisam pate,
santvayamasa tan asvams tejo-bala-samanyitan, 22
rasmibhis ca samudyamya Kalo yatum lyesa sali
siitam aropya Yarsneyam javam asthaya vai param. 23
te codyamana vidhiv^d Yahukena hay'-ottamah
samutpetur ath' akasam ratbuiam mohayann iva. 24
tatha tu dnstva tan asvan vabato vata-ramhasah,
• • • • • '
Ayodbya-'dhipatib sriman vismayam paramam yayau. 25
ratha^hosam tu tain srutva, haya-san*grahanam ca tat,
Yarsneyas cintayamasa Yahukasya haya-jnatam, 26
"kim nu syad Matalir ayam deva-rajasya sarathib?
tatha tal-laksanam vire Yahuke dnsyate mahat. 27
Salihotro 'tha kim nu syad dhayanam kula-tattva-vit,
manusam samanuprapto yapuh parama-sobhanam ? 28
utaho Bvid bhaved raja Nalah para-puran-jayah ?
so 'y^ nri-patir ayata,'* ity eva samacintayat. 29
'* atha va yam Nalo veda vidyam, tam eva Yahukah ;
tulyam hi laksaye jnanam Yahukasya Nalasya ca; 30
api c'edam vayas tulyam Yahukasya, Nalasya ca.
n'ayam Nalo maha-viryas, tad-vidyas ca bhavisyati, 31
pracchanna hi maha-'tmanas caranti pnthivim imam;
daivena vidhina yuktah, pracchannas c'api rupatah. 32
bhayet tu mati-bhedo me gatra-vairupyatam prati,
pramanat parihinas tu bhaved iti matu* mama. 33
62 SXlL'-OflKHYlKiif.
Tayah-pramanam tat tuljam^ rupena tu YipaiyayaHy^
Nalam sarva-gunair yuktam manye Yahnkam antatah.'* 34
evam vicarya bahuso Yarsneyah paryacintayaty
hndayena, maha-raja Punyaslokasya sarathih, 35
Kitupamas tu raj'-endro Yahnkasya haya-jxiatam
cintayan mumude raja salm-Yarsneya-flaratluh, 36-
aikagryam ca tath' otsaham, hayarsan-grahane ca tat,
param yatnam ca sampreksya param mudam ayi^pa lia. 37
iti Nal'-opakhyane nsva-daaak sargah.
XX.
Ynhadasva uvaca,
sa nadih parvatams c'aLya, vanani ca, aamrnai ca
aciren' aticakrama khe^carah khe carann lya. 1
tatha prayate tu rathe tada Bhan«gasunr nn-pah
uttariyam adho 'pasyad bhrastam pararpuran-jayah ; 2
tatah sa tyaramanaB tu pate nipatite tada,
grahisyam' iti tarn raja Nalam aha maha-maoah,^ 3
'^ mgnhnisva^ maharbuddhe, hayan etan maharjavan,
Yarsneyo yavad etam me patam anayatam iha." 4
Kalas tarn pratyuvac' atha, 'Mure bhrastah pataa tava
yojanam samatikranto n' ahartimi sakyate punah/' 5
evam ukto Nalen' atha^ tada Bhan*gsusurir nn-pah
aeai^da vane, rajan^ phalavaiitanL Tibhitakam. G
tarn dnstva, Yahukam raja tvarainano 'bhyabhasata,.
*\ mam' api, suta, pa«ya tyaip sau-kbyane paramam. balam. 7
Wrvah sarvam no. janati, saarvagno xi'ai^ kaficaoa;
n' aikatra parmistha 'sU jnanasya puruse fcvacit. 8
"vnkse 'smin yam pamani, phalany api <», Yahuka^
patitany api janj atra^ tatr' aikam adhikaq^ satam. 9
iekam atr' adliikam patram, phalam ekam ca,, Yahuka^
pancBrkotyo 'tka patraoam dvayor api qa sakbayoh. 10
pracinuliy asya sakhe dre, yas c 'apy anyah prasakhikah
abhyam pliala-saliafn:^ dve panc'-onam satam aya ca," 11
tato ratham avasthapya raja^iam Yabuko 'bravit,
^' paro-'ksam iva me, rajau, katthase, satru-k9<rsana, 13
pratyaksam etat kartasmi satayjtva yibbitakaAd ;
atb* atra gamte, rajaa;^ yidyate i^a paro-^ksata» 18
pratyaksam te, i^aaba-ra^a, satayisye Yibhitakoni.
abam bi n' abbijanami bbaved eyaip. ijta y' eti C9» 14
ian-kbyasyami pbalany asya, pasyatas te, jan'-adbipa ;
muburtam api Yarsneyo ra^mia yaccbatu yajinaiou" 15
tvtfn abravin nn-p^ sutaip, ^'n' aya]|i kilo yilambitum^"
Yabukas tv abrayjkd m^m pao^ai^ j^tm^ ipamsthlto^if 1$
^' pratiksasva mubiijrtai;^ tyaj9| iMJba yjt tysom^ bbitvaA^
qfa yati sivab pajai(^; yabji Yii3Bn^y«nfi»aTathih,'' 17
abravid Ilituparnas itu Bant^iayafi, kura-nandanay
^^m iva yanta n' apyQ 'jofU pfitibavyam api« Yal^uki^ ' 1$
tvat-knte yatom iccbami Yxda^bba^ bayioirkonda^
JM^ranam tvam pr^pajtuiQ 'Mxm, m Tigbi:iai(i kaft^W Arba^;; 19
kamam ca te kansyaw^ yUA inaq^ vaki^yaai, Yibuk^
Yidarbban yadi yatva *4j$' siPJ9m liarf8,yrt»» m§" 20
atb' abravid Yabukas, '' im^^ ^3«tii*kb jaya m t^bbitat^a^m,
64 nal'-opAkhyJInam. XX.
tato Yidarbhan yusyami, karusv' aivam yaco mama." 21
akama iva tarn raja ''ganayasv'' etj uvaca ha^
eka-desam ca sakhayah samadistam maya, 'nagha, 22
ganayasv' asya, tattva-jna, tatas tvam pritim avaha."
80 Vatirya rathat turnam satayamasa tarn dramam. 23
tatah sa yismay'-avisto rajanam idam abravit,
"ganayitva yath' oktani tavanty eva phalani ca; 24
atyadbhutam idam, raj an, dnstavan asmi te balam,
srotum icchami tarn vidyam, yay* aitaj jnayate, nn-pa.** 25
tarn uvaca tato raja, tvarito gamane nn-pali,
Yiddhy aksa-hndaya-jnam mam, san-kbyane ca visara-dam." 26
Yabukas tam uvac' atha, '^debi vidyam imam mama^
matto 'pi c' asva-hndayam gnhana, piirusa-'rsabha.'' 27
Ilituparnas tato raja Yahukam karya-gauravat,
haya-jnanasya lobhac ca tatb' ety ev' abravid vacah, 28
'^yatb' oktam tvam gnban' edam aksanam hridayam param
mksepo me, 'sva-bndayam tvayi tisthati, Yahuka." 29
evam uktva dadau vidyam Kituparno Kalaya vai.
tasy' aksa-bridaya-jmtsya sarirad nihsntah Kabh,
Karkotaka-visam tiksnam mukhat satatam udvaman. 30
• • • • •
Kales tasya tad-artasya sap'-agnib sa vmihsntah.
sa tena karsito raja dirgba-kalam anatmavan. 31
tato visa-vimiikt*-atma svam rupam akarot Kabb;
tarn saptom aiccbat kupito Nisadb'-adbipatir Kalah. 32
tam uvaca Kabr bbito, vepamanab, knt'-anjahb,
^'kopam samyaccba, nn-pate, kirtim dasyami te param; 33
Indrasenasya janani kupita ma 'sapat pura.
%
XX. nal'-opAkhyAnam. 65
yada tvaya pantyakta, tato 'ham bhnsa-piditah 34
ayasam tvayi, raj'-endra, su-diihkham^ aparajita,
visena naga-rajasya dahyamano diva-nisam; 35
saranam tvam prapanno 'smi, srinu c* edam vaco mama,
ye ca tvam manu-ja loke kirtayisyanty atandntah, 3G
mat-prasutam bhayam tesam na kadacid bhavisyati,
bkay'-artam saranam yatam yadi mam tvam na sapsyase." 37
evam ukto Nalo raja nyayacchat kopam atmanah,
tato bbitah KaLh ksipram pravivesa yibhitakam. 38
Kalis tv anyena n' adnsyata kathayan Naisadhena vai,
tato gata-jyaro raja Naisadliah. para-viitt-ha, 39
sampranaste Kalau, raj an, san-kbyaya ca pbalany uta,
muda paramaya ynktas, tejasa 'tha parena ca, 40
ratham aruhya tejasvi prayayau javanair hayaih.
Yibbitakas c' aprasastah samvnttah Kali-samsrayat. 41
bay'-ottaman utpatato dvi-jan iva punah, pimah
Kalab samcodayamasa prabnsten' antar-atmana 42
Vidarbb'-abbimukbo raja prayayau sa maba-yasab.
Nale tu samatikrante Kalir apy agamad gnbam. 43
tato gata-jvaro raja Nalo 'bbut pntbivi-patih,
vimuktab Kalina, rajan, rupa-matra-Yiyojitah, 44
iti Nal'-opakbyane yimsatitamah sargah.
9
XXI.
Vphadasva UTaca,
tato Tidarbhan Bampraptam Bayahae fiatya-Tikramam
Kjtuparoam jana rajae Hiimaya pratyavedayaru
sa Bhiiaa^vacanad mja Knndinam praTisat puram,
uadayan rathar-gboBeua aarvah savidiso diBah.
tatas tain ratha'iurghoBam Nal'-aavas tatra susmvub ;
srutva tu Bamahnsjanta pur* eva Kalarsajinidhau.
Damayauti ta Busrava ratha-gliosam. N'alasya tarn,
yatha meghasya nadato gambhirain jalard'-igame.
param nsmayam apanna arutva nadam. maha-svaiiam
Nalena Ban'griliitesu pur" eva NalarTajisn;
sadrisajn hayarnirghosam mens Bhaimi, tatha hayah,
prasada-sthas ca sikinah, sala-Bthis c' aiva vamnah,
hayas ca suai-QvoH tasya ratha-ghosam mahi-pateh.
te snitva ratlia-nirghoBam varanah, aikhmaB tatha.
pranedur unmukba, rajan, megha-uada iv" otsukah
Damayanty vivaca,
yatha 'sau ratha-oirgbos^ purayanii iva medmim
mam' ahladayate ceto; Nala esa utahl-patih.
adya candr'-abba-vaktraip. tarn na paEyami Nalam yadi,
asan-khyeya-gunain viram viaaksyatm, na eamaayah.
yadi c' aitasya virasya hahvor n' ady' aliam Bntarain
pravisami sukharsparsam, na bbaTiayamy asamsayam.
yadi mam megha-nirghoso n' opagaccbati Naisadhah,
ady a camikara-pi'akhyam pravekRyami hiit'-asaoam.
XXI. nal'-opAkhyAnam. 67
yadi mam simha-yikranto^ matta-varana-vikramah,
n* abhigacchati raj'-endro vmaksyami na samsayah. 12
na smaramy anntam kincin^ na smaramy apakaratam,
na ca paiyusitam vakyam svairesy api kadacana. 13
prabhuh, ksamavan, viras ca, data c* abhyadhiko nn-paih,
raho 'nic'-anuvarti ca klivavad mama Naisadhah. 14
gunans tasya smarantya me tat-paraya diva-msam
hndayam diryata idam Bokat pnya-vma-kntam." 15
evam vilapamana sa, nasta-sanjn' eva, Bharata,
aniroha mahad vesma Punyasloka-didnksaya, 16
tato madhyama-kaksayam dadarsa ratham astbitam
Rituparnam mahi-palam saha-Varsneya-Vahukam. " 17
tato Vatirya Varsneyo, Vahukas ca rath'-ottamat,
hayans tan avamucy* atha sthapayamasa vai ratham. 18
80 Vatirya rath'-opasthad Rituparno nar'-adhipah,
upatasthe maha-rajam Bhimam bhima-parakramamu 19
tam Bbimah pratijagraba pujaya paraya tatah,
akasmat sahasa praptam, stri-mantram na sma ymdata. 20
''kim karyam) sv-agatam te 'sfcu/' rajna pnstah sa, Bharata;
n' abhijajne sa nri-patir duhitr-arthe samagatam. 21
Bituparno 'pi raja sa dhiman, satya-parakramah,
rajanam, raja-putram va na sma pasyati kancana, 22
n' aiva svayam-yara-katham, na ca yipra-samagamam,
tato viganayan raja manasa Kosal'-adhipah, 23
"agato 'sm/ ity, uvac' ainam, "bhavantam abhivadakah."
raja 'pi ca smayan Bhimo manasa samacmtayat, 24
''adhikam yojana-satam tasy* agamana-karanam,
68 NAL*-OPlKHYANAM. XXI.
graman bahun atikramya n* adhyagacchad yatM-tatham; 25
alpBrkaryam ymirdistam tasy' agamana-karanailL ;
pascad udarke jnasyami karanam yad bhavisyati; 26
n' aitad." evam sa nn-patis tarn sat-kntya Tyasarjayat;
" visramyatam," ity UTaca, " klanto s' iti, pimah, punah. 27
sa sat-kntah prahnst'-atma pritah pritena partliivah,
rajarpresyair anugato distam vesma samavisat. 28
Hitaparne gate, raj an, Yarsneya-sahite nri-pe,
Yahuko ratham adaya ratha-salam upagamat. 29
sa mocayitva tan asvan, upacarya ca sastratah,
svayam c' aitan samasvasya, rath'-opastha upayisat. 30
Damayanti tu sok'-arta dnstva Blian*gasuniii Bn-pan),
suta-putram ca Yarsneyam, Yahukam ca tatha-yidhan), 31
cintayamasa YaidarbM, ^'kasy' aisa ratha-nisvanah)
Kalasy* eva mahan asin, na ca pasyami Kaisadham. 32
Yarsneyena bhaven nunam vidya s' aiv* opasiksita?
ten* adya ratha-mrghoso Nalasy* eva mahan abhut, 33
ahosvid Kituparno 'pi yatba raja Kalas tatha?
tatha 'yam ratha-mrghoso Naisadhasy* eva laksyate." 34
evam sa tarkayitva tu Damayanti, visam pate,
dutim prasthapayamasa Naisadh'-anvesane subha. 35
iti Nal'-opakhyane eka-vunsatitamah sargah.
nal'-opAkhyAnam. 69
XXII.
Damayanty uyaca,
gacclia, Kesini, janihi ka esa I'afcha-vahakah,
upavisto rath'-opastlie viknto hTasva-bahukah. 1
abhyetya kusalam, bhadre, mndu-purvam samahita,
pncchethah purusam hy enam yatha-tattvam, anmdite. 2
atra me mahati san*ka bhaved esa Nalo nn-pah,
yatha ca manasas tustir, bndayasya ca nirvntih. 3
bruyas c' amam katha-'nte tvam Parnada-vacanam yatha,
prativakyam ca, su-sroni, budhyethas tvam, anmdite. 4
Ynhadasva uvaca,
tatah samahita gatva diiti Vahukam abravit,
Damayanty api kalyani prasada-stha hy upaiksata. 5
Kesmy uvaca,
sv-agatam te, manusy'-endra, kusalam te bravimy aham :
Damayantya vacah sadhu nibodha, piirusa-*rsabha; 6
''*kada vai prasthita yuyam? kim artham iha c* agatali?''
tat tvam bruhi yatha-nyayam, Vaidarbhi srotum icchati. 7
Vahuka uvaca,
srutah svayam-varo rajna Kausalena maha-'tmana
dvitiyo Damayantya vai bhavita sva iti dvijat. 8
srutv* aitat pi-asthito raja sata-yojana-yayibhih
hayau* vata-javair mukhyair, aham asya ca sarathih. 9
Kcsmy uvaca,
atha yo 'sau tiitiyo vah, sii kutah? kasya v;i punah?
70 nal*-opAkhyAnam. XXII.
tvam ca kasyal katham c' edam tvayi karma samahitaml 10
Vahuka uvaca,
Punyaslokasya vai suto Varsneya iti visrutah;
sa Nale pradrute, bhadre^ Bhan-gasunm upasthitah. 11
aham apy asva-kusalah, sutatve ca pratisthitah,
Ilituparnena sarathye, bhojaoe ca yntah syayam. 12
Kesiny uvaca,
atha janati Yarsneyah kva nu raja Nalo gatah)
katham ca tvayi c' aitena kathitam syat tu, Yahuka? 13
Yahuka uvaca,
ih' aiva putrau niksipya Nalasy* asubba-karmanah,
gatas tato yatba-kamam n' aisa janati Naisadbam, 14
na c' anyab purusab kascin Kalam vetti, yasasvini.
gudbas carati loke 'smin nasta-rupo mabi-patib. 15
aW aiva tu Kalam vetti, ya c' asya tad-anantara,
na hi vai svani lm*gani Nalab samsati karbicit. 16
Kesiny uvaca,
yo 'sav Ayodbyam pratbamam gatavan brabmanas tada,
imam nari-vakyani katbayanab punab punab, 17
**kva nu tvam, kitava, ccbittva vastr*-arddbam prastbito mama,
utsnjya vipme suptam anuraktam pnyam, pnya? 18
sa vai yatba samadista tatba 'ste, tvat-pratiksmi,
dabyamana diva-ratram vastr'-arddben' abbisamvnta. 19
tasya rudantyab satatam tena dubkbena, partbiva,
prasadam kuru vai, vira, prativakyam vadasva ca." 20
tasyas tat pnyam akbyanam pravadasva, maba-mate;
tad eva vakvam Yaidarbbi srotum iccbaty anindita, 21
XXII. nal'-opAkhyAnam. 71
etac chratva prativacas tasya dattam tvaya kila,
yat pura, tat punas tvatto Vaidarbhi srotum icchati. 22
Ynhadasva uvaca,
evam tiktasya Kesinya Nalasya, Kuru-nandana,
hndayam vyathitam c* asid, asru-purne ca locane. 23
8a nignhy' atmano duhkham dahyamano mahi-patih,
vaspa-sandigdliaya vaca punar ev' edam abravit, 24
Yahuka uvaca,
vaisamyam api samprapta gopayanti kula-striyah
atmanam atmana satyo^ jita-svarga na samsayah; 25
rahita bhartnbliis c' api na krudhyanti kadacana,
pranans cantra-kavacan dharayanti vara-stnyah. 26
Yisama-sthena, mudbena^ panblirasta-snkhena ca^
yat sa tena parity akta^ tatra na kroddhum arhati. 27
prana-yatram panprepsoh saknnair bnta-vasasah
adhibhir dahyamanasya syama na kroddhum arbati. 28
sat-knta, *sat-krita va 'pi patun dnstva tatba-gatam
bhrasta-rajyam, snya binam, ksudbitam, vyasan'-aplutam." 29
evam bruvanas tad vakyam Nalab parama-dubkbitab,
na yaspam asakat sodbum prarurod' atba, Bbarata. ^ 30
tatab sa Kesini gatva Damayantyai nyavedayat
tat Baryam katbitam c* aiva, vikaram c' aiva tasya tarn. 31
lU Nal'-opaihyane dya-vuniatitamah 8ar«ai.
72 nal'-opakhtAnam.
XXIII.
Vnliadasva uvaca,
Damayanti tu ta« chrutva bhnsam sok^parayana
Ban^kamana Nalam tarn va Kesinim idam abravit. 1
"gaccha, Kesini bhuyas tvam pariksam kura Yahuke,
abruvana samipa-stlia cantany asya laksaya; 2
yada ca kincit kuryat sa karanam tatra^ bbavini,
tatra sancestamanasya laksayanti yicestitam. 3
na c' asya pratibandhena deyo 'gnir api, Kesini,
yacate na jalam deyam sarvatha tvaramanaya; 4
etat sarvam samiksya tvam cantam me nivedaya,
mmittam vat tvava dnstam Yahuke daiva-manusam.
yac c' anyad api pasyethas, tag c' akhyeyam tvaya mama.*^ 5
Damayanty* aivam ukta sa jagam' atha ca Kesmi,
nisamy' atha haya-jnasya Im-gani punar agamat. 6
sa tat sarvam yatha-vnttam Damayantyai nyavedayat,
nimittam yat taya dnstam Yahuke divya-manusam. 7
Kesmy uvaca,
dndham sucy-upacaro 'sau; na maya manusah kvacit
dnsta-purvah, sruto va 'pi, Damayanti, tatha-vidhah. 8
hrasvam asadya samcaram n' asau vmamate kvacit,
tarn tu dnstva yatha-san^gam utsarpati yatha-sukham. 9
Kituparnasya c* arthaya bhojaniyam anekasah
presitam tatra rajna tu mamsam bahu ca pasavam. 10
tasya praks-alan'-arthaya kumbhas tatr' opakalpitah,
te ten* aveksitah kumbhah puma ev* abhavams tatah. 11
• • • IT • • •
V
XXIII. nal'-opAkhyAnam. 73
tatah praksalanam kntva, samadhisntya Yahukah
trmarmustim samadaya savitus tarn samadadhat, 12
atha prajvalitas tatra sahasa havya-vahanab.
tad adbhutatamam dnstva yismita 'Iiam ill' agata. 13
anyac ca tasmin su-mahad ascaryam- laksitam maya,
yad agnim api samspnsya n' aiv* asau dahyate, subhe, 14
chandena c' odakam tasya vahaty ayarjitam drutam;
ativa c' anyat su-mahad ascaryam dnstavaty aham, 15
yat sa puspany upadaya hastabhyam mamnde sanaih,
inndyamanam panibhyain tena puspafli tany atlia, 16
bhuya eva su-gandbini hnsitani bhavanti hi,
etany adbliuta-lm*gaiii dnstva 'ham drutam agata. 17
Vnhadasva uvaca,
Damayanti tu tac chrutva Funyaslokasya cestitam
amanyata Nalam praptam karma-cest'-abhisucitam* 18
sa san.kamana bhartaram Nalaip Yahuka-rupinam,
Kesmirp slaksnaya vaca rudati punar abravit, 19
^'punar gaccha pramattasya Yahukasy'-o^asamskntam
maha-nasao chntam maipsam samaday* aihi, bhavmi." 20
sa gatva Yahukasy' agre tan mamsam apaknsya ca
atyusnam eva tvanta tat-ksanat pnya-kanni
Damayaatyai iatal^ pradat Kesmi, Kuru^nandana. 21
s' ocita NalarSiddhasya maipsasya bahusah pura,
prasya matya Nalam sutam, prakrosad bhnsa-duhkhita, 22
vaiklaTyam paramam gatY% praksalya ca mukham tatah,
mithunam presayamasa Kesmya saha, Bharata. 23
Indrasenam saha bhratra samabhi^Daya Yahukah,
10
74 nal'-opIkhyAnam.
abhidrutya tato raja pansvajy' aii*kam anayat; 24
Yaliukas tu, samasadya sutau sura-sut'-opamau,
bhnsam duhklia-parit'-atma su-svaram praruroda ha. 25
Naisadho darsayitva tu Yikaram asaknt tada,
utsnjya sahasa putrau, Xesinim idam abravit, 26
''idam su-sadnsam, bhadre, mithunam mama putrayoh,
ato dnsty' aiva sahasa vaspam utsnstayan aham; 27
bahusah sampatantim tyam janah saii*keta dosatah,
yayam ca des'-atithayo;' gaccha^ bhadre, yatha-siikhani. 28
iti Nar-opakhyane trayo-vimsatitamah sargah«
XXIV.
Vnhadasva uvaca>
saryam vikaram dnstva tu Ponyaslokasya dhimatah,
agatya Kesmi ksipram DamayaDtyai nyavedayat.
Damayanti tato bhuyah presayamasa Kesmim
matuh sakasam duhkharta Nala-darsana-kan-ksaya.
^'pariksito me bahuso Yahuko Nala-saii*kaya
rupe me samsayas tv ekah svayam icchami veditum.
sa va pravesyatam, matar, mam va 'nujnatum arhasi;
viditam va, 'tha va 'jnatam pitur me samvidhiyatam."
evam ukta tu Yaidarbhya sa devi Bhimam abravit,
duhitus tarn abhiprayam anvajanat sa parthivah.
sa vai pitra 'bhyanujnata, matra ca, Bharata-rsabha,
Nalam pravesayamasa yatra tasyah pratisrayah.
tarn sma dnstv* aiva sahasa Damayantim Nalo nri-pah,
\
XXrV. NAL'-OPlKHYlNAM. 76
aTistah soka-duhkhabliyani babhuv* asru-pariplutah. 7
tain tu dnstya tatha-yuktam Damayanti Kalam tada
tivra-soka-samavista babhuva vara-vamud. 8
• • •
tatah kasaya-yasana jatila mala-pan-kmi,
Damayanti, maha^raja, Vahnkam vakyam abravit, 9
**purvam dristas tvaya kascid dharma-jno nama, Vahuka,
saptam utsnjya vipine gato yah purusah stnyaml 10
anagasam pnyam bharyam vijane sramarmohitam.
apahaya tu kd gaccbet Piinyaslokam nte Nalami 11
kiTp nu tasya maya balyad aparaddbam mabi-pate,
yo mam utsnjya vipme gatavan nidraya bntaml 12
saksad devan apabaya vnto yah sa maya pura
anuyratam sabhikamam putnnim tyaktavan katham? 13
agnau panim gnhitva tu devanam agratas tatha
*bhavisyam' iti', satyam tu pratisrutya, kva tad gatami" 14
Damayantya bruvantyas tu sarvam etad, ann-dama,
8oka-jam van netrabhyam asukham prasravad bahu. 15
ativa knsnarsarabhyam rakt'-antabhyam jalam tu tat
pansravad Nalo dnstva sok'-artam idam abravit, 16
''mama raj yam pranastam yad, n' aham tat kntavan svayam,
Kalina tat kntam, bhini; yac ca tvam aham atyajam. 17
tvaya tu papah kncchrena sapen' abhihatah pura
vanasthaya, duhkhitaya, socantya mam diva-nisam, 18
sa mac-charire tvac-chapad dahyamano 'vasat Kahh,
tvac-chapa-dagdhah satatam so 'gnav agnir iv' ahitah, 19
mama ca vyavasayena, tapasa, c' aiva nirjitah;
duhkhasy* antena c' anena bhavitavyam hi nau, subhe. 20
76 nal'-opAkhyAnam. XXIV.
Yimucja mam gatah papas, tato 'Iiam ilia c' agatah,
tvad-artham, viptila-sroni; na hi me 'nyat prayojanam. 21
katham tu nari bhartaram anuraktam, anuvratam,
utsnjya varayed anyam yatha tfvain, bhiru, karhicit? 22
dutas caranti pnthivim kntsnam nn-pati-sasanat,
'^Bhaimi kda sma bhartaram dvitdyam varayisyati, 23
svaira-vrittay yatba-kamam, anurupain iV atmanah;'
srutv' aiva c' aitat tvanto Bban^gasunr upastbitah." 24
Damayanti tu, tac cbrutva.Kalasya pandevitam,
pranjahr, vepamana ca, bbita ca Nalam abravit, 25
'^na mam arbasi, kalyana, dosena pansan-kitum ;
maya hi devan utsnjya vntas tvam, Nisadh'-adhipa, 26
tav* adhigaman'-ariham tu sarvato brahmana gatah,
vakyam mama gathabhir gayamana diso dasa. 27
tatas tvam brahmano vidvan Parnado nama, parthiva^
abhyagacchat Kosalayam Bxtuparna-iUYesane. 28
tena vakye knte samyak prativakye tatha 'hrite,
upayo 'yam maya dnsto, Naisadh', anayane tava.. 29
tyam nte na hi loke 'nya ek'-ahna, pnthivi-pate,
samartho yojana-satam gantum asvair, nar'-adhipa.. 30
spriseyain tena satyena padav etau, mahi-pate,
yatha n' asat-kptam kincid maifiasa 'pi caramy aham.. 31
ayam carati loke 'smm bhuta-saksi sada-gatih,
esa me muncatu pranaUj^ yadi papam caramy aham; 32
tatha carati tigm'-amsuh parena bhuvanam sada,
sa muncatu mama pranan, yadi papam caramy aham^ 33
candra-mah sarvarbhutanam autas-carati saksivat,^
XXIV. NAL'-OPlKHYANAM. 77
sa muncatu mama pranan, yadi papam caramy aham. 34
ete devas trayah kntsnam trai-lokyam dharayanti yai,
vibnivantu yatha-satyam, ete va 'dya tyajantu mam." 35
evam uktas taya vayur antar-iksad abhasata,
"n* aisa kntavati papam^ Nala, satyam bravimi te; 36
rajan, sila-nidbih sphito Damayantya su-raksitah,
saksino raksmas c' asya vayam trin panvatsaran. 37
upayo yihitas c' ayam tvad-artham atulo 'naya,
na by ek'-abna satam ganta, tvam nte 'nyab puman iha. 38
upapanna tvaya Bbauni, tvam ca Bhaimya, mahi-pate,
n' atra san-ka tvaya karya san-gaccha saba bbaryaya." 39
tatba bmvati vayau tu puspa-vristib papata ba
deva-dundubbayo nedui*, vavau ca pavanab sivab. 40
tad adbbutatamam dri^va Nalo raja 'tba, Bbarata,
Damayantyam visan-kam tarn vyapakarsad, arm-dama, 41
tatas tad vastram arajab pravrmod vasu-dba-*dbipab
samsmntya naga-^rajain tam^ tato lebbe svakam vapub. 42
sya-rupinam tu bbartaram dnstva Bbima-suta tada,
prakrosad uccair alin*gya Funyaslokam anindita. 43
Bbaimim api Kalo raja bbrajamano yatba pura
sasvaje, svarsutau c* api yatbavat pratyanandata.. 44
tatab sv'-orasi vmyasya vaktram tasya subb'-anana
parita tena dubkbena nisasvas' ayat'-eksana. 45
tatb' aiva mala-digdb'-an-gim pansvajya suci-smitam,
su-ciram purusa-yyagbras tastbau soka-panplutab. 46
tatab sarvam yatba-vnttam Damayantya, Nalasya ca,
Bbimay' akatbayat pritya Vaidarbbi-janani, nn-pa. 47
78 wal'-opAkhyInam.
tato 'bravid maha-rajab, '' knta^aucam aham Nalam
Damayantya sah' opetam kalyam drasta sukh'-ositam.'* 48
Vnliadasva nvaca,
tatas tau sahitau ratnm kathayantan puratanam
vane yicantam sarvam usatur mnditau^ nn-pa, 49
grihe Bhimasya nri-pateh paras-para-sukli-aisiDau
vasetam lirista-san*kalpaa^ Yaidarbhi ca, Nalas ca ba. 50
sa caturtbe tato varse san*gamja saba bbaryaya
sarva-kamaib su-siddb'-artbo labdbayan paramam mudam. 51
Damayanty api bbartaram asady' apyayita bbnsam
arddba-sanjata-safiy* eva toyam prapya yason-dbara, 52
s' aivam sametya vyapaniya tandram santa-jyara barsa-viyriddbar
sattva,
raraja Bbaimi samayapta-kama sit'-amsiina ratnr iV oditena. 53
iti Nal' opakbyane catur-Tunsatitamab sargab.
XXV.
Yribadasva uvaca^
atba tarn yyusito ratnm Nalo raja sv-alan-kntab
Yaidarbbya sabitab kale dadarsa vasu-dba-'dbipam.
tato 'bluvadayamaaa prayatah svaauram Nala^
tato 'nu Damayanti ca vavande pitaram subba.
tam Bbimab pratijagraba putrayat paraya muda
yatba-'rbam pujayitya ca samasvasayata prabbub
Nalena sabitam tatra Damayantim pati-vratam.
tam arbanam "Nalo raja pratignbya yatba-yidbi
pancaryam syakai^i tasmai yatbavat pratyavedayat.
XXV. nal'-opAkhyAnam. 79
tato babhuva nagare sa-mahan liarsa-jah svanah
janasya samprahristasya Nalam dnstva tathar^tanu 5
asobhajanta nagaram pataka-dhyaja-malinam.
siktah su-mnsta-pusp'-adhya raja-margah sv-alan-kntab, 6
drkn, dyan ca pauranam puspa-blian-gah prakalpitah,
arcitani ca sarvani devat'-ayatanani ca, 7 ,
Bituparno 'pi siisrava Yahuka-cchadminam Nalam
Damayantya samayuktam, jahnse ca nar'-adbipah. 8
tarn anayya Nalo raja ksamayamasa parthiyam,
sa ca tarn ksamayamasa hetubhir buddhiHsammitaib. 9
sa sai-knto mahi-palo Naisadham yismit'-ananah,
''distya sameto daraib syair bbayan," ity abhyaiiandat% 10
''kaccit tu n' aparadkam te kntayan asmi, Naisadka,
ajnata-yasam yasato mad-gnhe, yasu-dha-'dbipa 1 11
yadi ya buddhi-puryani yady abuddhya 'pi kanicit
maya kntany akaryani, tani tyam ksantum arhasL" 12
Nala nyaca,
na me 'paradbam kntayans tyam sy-alpam api, parthiya;
knte 'pi ca na me kopab; ksantayyam bi maya taya. 13
puryam by api sakba me 'si sambandbi ca, jan'-adbipa;
ata iirddbyam tu bbuyas tyam pritmi abartum arbasi* 14
sarya-kamaib su-yibitaib sukbam asmy usitas tyayi;
na tatba sya-gnbe, rajan, yatba taya gnbe sada. 15
idam c' aiya baya-jnanam tyadiyam mayi tistbati,
tad upakartum iccbami manyase yadi, partbiya." 16
eyam uktya dadau yidyam Rituparnaya Naisadbab,
sa ca tam pratijagraba yidbi-dnstena karmana. 17
80 NAL'-OPAKHYANAM.
gnhitva c' asyarhndayam, rajan^ Bhan-gasonr nn-pah^
Nisadh'-adhipates c' api dattva 'ksarhndayam nn-pah,
sutam anyam upadaya yayau sya-pxiram eva ha. 18
Ritupame gate, rajaQ, Nalo raja, visam pate,
nagare Kiindine kalam n' atidirgham iv' avasat. 19
iti Nal'-opakhyane panca-yimsatitamah sargah.
XXVI.
Vnhadasva uvaca,
sa masam usya, Kaimteya, Bhimam amantrya Naisadhah,
purad alparparivaro jagama NisadMn prati. 1
rathen' aikena subhrena dantibhih pan-so-dasaih,
pancaiadbbir bayais c' aiva, sat-satais ca padatibhih, 2
sa kampayann lya mahim tvaramano mahi-pati]^,
pravivesa su-sainrabdlia8 taras' aiva maba-manah. 3
tatal^ Puskaram asadya Yirasena-snto Nalah
uvacai "divyava pimar, bahu vittam maya 'rjitam; 4
Damayanti ca yac c' anyad mama kincana vidyate,
esa vai mama samiyasas, tava rajyam tu, Puskara: 5
piinah pravartatam dyiitam/' iti, '^mscita matib,
panen' aikena, bbadram te, pranayos ca panavahe. 6
jitva para-ETvam abntya, rajyam va, yadi va yasu,
pratipanah pradatavyah, paramo dbarma ucyate. 7
na ced vancbasi dyutam tvam yuddha-dyutam pravartatam,
dyai-rathen' astu santis tava va, mama va, nri-pa. 8
vamsa-bhojyam idam rajyam arthitaTyam yatha-tatha.
XXVr. nal'-opJlKhyAnam. 81
yena ken' apj upayena ynddlianaiii iti saisanam, 9
dvayor ekatare buddkih knyatam adya, Puskara,
kaitaven* aksavatyam va, yuddhe va namyatam dhanulu*' 10
Naisadhen' aivam uktas tu Puskarah prahasann iva,
dkrayam atma-jayam matva pl:atyaha pnthivi-patim, 11
"distya tvaya 'rjitam vittam pratipanaya, Naisadha!
distya ca duskaram karma Damayantyah ksayam gatam! 12
distya ca dhnyase, rajan^ sa-daro 'dya, malia-bliuja !
dhanen' anena vai Bhauni jitena samalan-knta, 13
mam upasthasyati, yyaktam diYi Sakram iv' apsara^.
nityaso hi smarami tvam pratikse 'pi ca^ Kaisadha] 14
devanena mama pritir na bhavaty asubrid-ganaih,
jitva tv adya var'-aroham Damayantim anmditam, 15
knta-krityo bhavisyami, sa hi me mtyaso hndl."
srutva tu tasya ta vaco bahv-abaddha-pralapiniah-, 16
lyesa sa siras chettum khadgena ktipito Nalsdbi',
smayans tu rosa-tamr'-aksas tam Uvaca tato Nalah, 17
"panavahj kirn vyaharasel jito, na vyahansyasi."
tatah pravartata dyutam Puskarasya^ Nalasya c&, 18
eka-panena virena Nalena so parajitah,
sa ratna-kosa-nicayaih pranena panito 'pi ca. 19
jitva ca Puskaram rajS, prahasann idam abravit,
'^mama saryam idam i*ajyam avyagram^ hata^kantakam. 20
Yaidarbhi na tvaya sakya, raj'-apasada, viksitum,
tosyas tvam sa-pariviro, mudha, dasatvam agatah. 21
na tvaya tat kntam karma, yen' aham vijitah pui'a,
Kalma tat kntam karma, tvam ca, mudha, na budhyase. 22
11
82 nal'-opAkhyAnam. XXVL
n' aham para-kntam dosam tvayy kdhksje katliancana.
yatha-sukham vai jiva tyani; pranan avasrijami te, 23
tath' aiva sarya-sambliaram svam amsam Titarami te.
■ • «
tath* aiva ca mama pritis tvayi, vira, na samsayah, 24
sauhardam c' api me tvatto na kadacit prahasyati.
Puskara^ tvam hi me blirata^ sanjiva saradah satam!" 25
evam Nalah santvayitva bhrataram satya-vikramah,
STa-puram presayamasa pansvajya punah, pusah. 26
santvito Naisadhen' aivam Puskarah pratyuvaca ha,
Punyaslokam tada, rajanD, abhivadya knt'-anjalih, 27
"kirtir astu tav' aksayya, jiva vars'-ayutam sukhi,
yo me vitarasi pranan, adhisthanam ca, parthiva.'' 28
sa tatha sat-krito rajna masam usya tada nn-pah
prayayau sva-puram hnstah Puskarah sva-jan'-avritah, 29
mahatya senaya sarddham vmitaih pancarakaih,
bhrajamana iv' adityo vapusa, Bharata-'rsabha. 30
prasthapya Puskaram raja yittavantam anamayam
pravivesa purim sriman atyartham upasobhitam,
pravisya santvayamasa paurans ca Kisadh'-adhipah. 31
paura-jana-padas c* api samprahnsta-tanu-ruhah,
ucuh pranjalayah sarve samatya-pramukha janah, 32
" adya sma mrvritk, rajan, pure, jana-pade 'pi ca,
upasitnm punah prapta deva iva sata-kratum." 33
prasante tu pure hnste, sampravntte mah*-otsave,
mahatya senaya raja Damayantim upanayat 34
Damayantim api pita sat-kritya para-vira-ha
prasthapayad amey*-atma Bhimo bhima-parakramah. 35
XXVI. nal'-opAkhyAnam. 83
ag9,tayaip tu Vaidarbhyam sa-putrayam Nalo nri-pah
vartayamasa mudito deva-rad iva Kandane. 36
tatah prakasatam yato Jambudvipe sa rajasu,
punah sasasa tad rajyam pratyahntya maha-yasah,
ije ca vividhair yajnair vidhivac c' apta-daksinaih. 37
iti Nal' opakhyanam samaptam.
VOCABULAEY TO NALA.
a
atas, adv, hence, atah-param,
beyond this,
atra, adv, here,
atha, conj, used generally at the
beginning of a sentence; and,
now.
atha va, conj. or.
adya*, adv. to-day, now.
amda, m. a share, portion; a
shoulder,
amsu, m. a ray of light.
amSumat, adj. having rays, ra-
diant: 7n. the sun.
aksa", m. an eye; dice; a wheel;
a chariot,
aksa-jna, adj. dice-knowing,
aksa-dyuta, m. n. a game at
dice,
aksa-naipunya, n. skill at dice.
ak8a-pnya,*ac(;. dice-loving.
aksa-mada-sammanna, adj. mad-
dened- by madnessl for dice,
aksavati, f. a game at dice,
aksi, n. an eye.
aksauhini,y! an army.
adhyaksa, m. an overseer, a chief.
antar-iksa*, n. the 'air, sky.
antar-iksa-ga, m. (sky-goer,) a
bird.
iks, 1. m. iksate, iksancakre,
iksita, iksisyate, aiksista :
see. avar, behold, examine.
iksana, n. sight; an eye.
pariksa,y! inspection.
paroksa, adj. out of sight, invi-
sible.
paroksata, f. invisibility.
pratyaksa, adj. within sight,
visible.
samaksam, adv. in the presence
saksat, adv. in sight,
saksm, m. an eye-witness,
saksivat, adv. as an eye- witness,
ag, 1. a. go tortuously,
an-g, 1. a. an*gati; anan-ga : go.
10. a. an-gayati, mark,
agni*, m. fire ; the god of fire,
Agni.
agni-dagdha, adj. consumed by
fire.
akama
akarya
akala
kam
kn
kkl
aklista
• •
aksaya
akhila
kbs
ksi
•
khan
agama
agadha
acala
gam
gadh
cal
akntatman
•
kn
•
aga
gam
I acira
ci
^ Pali, ajja; Hindustani, aj.
' oKKo\ oculus; Gothic, augo; Ger-
an, auge; Anglo-Saxon, e≥ Rus-
sian, oko.
B Pal. antahka.
* Ignis; Rvs. ogon*.
12
86
VOCABULARY.
agni-pUTO-gaiDA, adj, whom Ag-
ni precedes,
agnimat, adj. having fire, fire-
woiT.hipping.
agni-Sikha, /. a flame of fire,
agni-hotra, n. a sacred fire,
agra, culj. chief : the top, sum-
mit, a^^, adv. in front,
agra-ja, adj. elder-bom.
agratas, adv. in front,
agrahara, m. an endowment of
lands and villages,
an-ga, n. a limb ; a body : help :
the name of six sacred hooks.
an-gana, n. a court janL
an-gana,y! a woman,
an-gustha', tn. a thumb,
an-gustha-matraka, adj, having
the size of a thumb,
anagas, cuij. sinless,
apan-ga, n. the outer comer of
an eye.
avyag^, adj. ondiiiturbed.
agas, n. sin.
ekagra, adj. having but one end,
eager, intent,
aikagrya, n. eagerness,
vyagra, adj. troubled,
sagnika, adj, together with
Agni.
agh, 10. a. sin.
agha, n. sin.
anagha, adj. sinlesa
an-k, 1. m. and 10. a, mark,
an-ka, m. a mark; the flank,
the part above the kips,
ac, and anc, \, a, n^ ancati, -te;
ananca, -ce ; ancita ; pree.
ancyat, acyat: p. ancyate
and acyate. go, honour, anc,
10. a. ancayati: speak dis-
tinctly.
ancita, adj. erect, of the hair
from delight.
aparan-mukha, adj. with una-
verted fiace.
nyagrodha, m. the Indian fig-
tree, ficus indica.
parac, adj. going elsewhere, a-
verted.
paran-mukha, adj. with averted
face.
pratyac, adj. western.
prak, adv, previously; east-
ward.
prac, adj. eastern.
samyak, adv. t^igether; at once;
wholly; rightly,
aj, 1. a. go ; throw, anj, 7. and
10. a. anakti; ananja; aigita,
and an-kta; anjisyati, and
an-ksyati ; anjit ; anjitva,
an-ktva, and aktva ; akta.
go; shine ; anoint ^ vi-, show.
aja, m. &}a,,f a goat*.
aja-gara, m. a goat-eater, a boa.
ajma, n. a goat's skin, ttsed as
a seat,
anjali, m. the hollow formed by
putting the hands together,
as if to hold water : the hands
thus joined are carried to the
head, as a respectftd saluta-
tion.
abhivyakta, adj. distinct.
avyakta, adj. indistinct.
knt'-anjali, adj. having the
hands joined in an anjali.
acetana Icit
ac3ruta I cyu
atandnta | tandra
atidurdharsa idhns
atimatra
atiyasaa
atula
aditi
ma
yad
tul
diti
adina
adbhuta
adya
adhigamana
di
bhu
a
gam
^ Pertian, angosi.
' ongera.
• Oil, aiyot.
VOOABULABT.
87
pranjali, adj. id,
vyakta, p. p, p, manifest, dis-
tinct,
at, 1. o. m. atati, -te; ata; atita;
atisyati ; atit : go ; walk.
atavi,y! a forest,
an, 1. a, aniti; ana; anita : sound.
anu, adj. smalL
anda, n. an egg.
anda-ja, adj, egg-bom; m. a
bird,
at, 1. a. atati; ata; atita; atisyati;
atit : go continuously,
ati-, insep. part, beyond ; very,
atithi, m. a visitor, guest,
ativa, adv. very.
ad*, 2. a. atti; 1 pret. adat; ada
(2 8. aditha); atta; atsyati :
p, adyate; anna : eat.
anna, p. p. p. eaten : n. food,
danta, m. a tooth*,
dantin, adj. toothed ; tusked :
m. an elephant,
svad, 1. m. be pleasant to the
taste,
svadu, adj. sweet',
adas, n. asau, m./,pron.t}iis; that,
adha.
adhama, adj. lowest; very
mean, very vile,
adhara, adj. lower: the lower
lip.
adhas, adv. below, down ; prp.
w. g. under,
adhastat, prp. w, g, under,
adhi-, insep. part, over, upon.
adhika, adj. more; greater.
adhuna, adv. now.
adhvan, m. a way, road.
an-, and before consonants, a-, not,
in-, un-*.
an, 2. a. aniti; 1 pret. anit, and
anat ; anitu ; anyat ; ana ;
anita ; anisyati ; anit ; ani-
tum : p. anyate : breathe ;
live*.
anas, n. a cart : breath, life ; a
mother ; birth : boiled rice.
ana, m. the breath.
anana, n. the mouth; the face.
prana", m. pi. the breath,
life.
prana-yatra, /. the means of
living.
maha-'nasa, m. n. (having much
food;) a kitchen,
anu, prp. sep. and insep, after
according to.
ant, 1. a. antati : bind.
aty-antam, adv. exceedingly,
anantara, adj. immediate.
anta, m. n. an end; the end;
death.
anta-kai'a, m. (the end-maker),
the god of death.
antar'^, prp. insep. within ; un-
der.
antara, n. the inner part, mid-
dle ; an interval ; the differ-
ence; an op])ortunity.
antavat, adj. finite.
anti, adv. near.
adhipa
pa
anagha
agh
anathavat
ni
adhisthana
• •
stha
anabhijna
jna
anamaya
am
adhyaksa
aks
•
ana,vadya
vad
anuttama
ut
adhyaya
1
1
anasuyaka
as
anupama
ma
^ 656(1'; edere; Go. itan; A. S, etan;
* av'y m-.
Ge. essen; Bus. yest'.
'^ avefiosj ammas.
^ o8ovs; dens; Pers. dandan; Go.
• Pal. pana.
tun^us ; Ge. zahn ; Welsh, dant.
^ inter; Pers. andar.
' suavis.
88
YOCABULARY.
antika^ n. neighbourhood.
abhyadhika, adj, superior.
ekanta, adj. excessive : pri-
vate.
tad-anantara, adj. next to him
w it.
saraanta, adj. all ; entire : m.
limit ; boundary,
andha, adj, blind,
anya*, adj. other.
anyatama, adj. any one out of
several.
anyatra, adv. elsewhera
anyatha, adv. otherwise.
anyada, adv. at another time.
anyo-'nya, adj. each other,
ap*,^ water.
ap-saras, f. a water-dweller,
nymph.
ab-bhaksa, adj. feeding on
wat^:.
abhra', n. (=ab-bhara, water
bearing,) a cloud,
apa-ga,y! a river.
dvipa, m. an island.
dvipm, m. an islander; a leo-
pard, ^row its spots.
vyabhra, adj. cloudless.
samipa, m. (confluence ;) neigh-
bourhood,
apa-*, jyrp. insep. from, away,
api-*, prp. insep. upon ; conj. also,
even,
abhi^, prp. insep. and sep. unto,
towards,
am, 10. a. amayati: be sick.^
anamaya, m. health.
amaya, m. sickness.
amra, m. a mango tree,
ama, prp. with.
amatva, and amatya, ni. a
councillor,
arala, adj. curved,
ark, 10. a. arkayati : bum; praise.
arka*, m. the sun.
udarka, m. sun-rise ; future
time,
arc, 1. a. arcati ; anarca ; arcita ;
arcisyati; arcit: honour, sa
lute.
arcana^, n. the act of honour-
ing,
ar], 1. a. arjati ; anarja; arjita:
gain by toil ; get ; do.
aranya, n. a forest,
arth, 10. m. arthayate : ask; de-
mand.
aty-artha, adj. beyond reason.
artha, m. any thing; wealth;
profit ; cause, reason. Used
adverbially in ace. dot. inst.
and loc. for the sake of.
arthin, adj. asking, desiring ;
needy.
samartha, oci^'. able, fit; power-
ful
samarthya, n. ability, fitness,
power.
sartha, m. a multitude of tra-
velling merchants, a cara-
van.
sarthaka, m. a merchant.
sartha-vaha, m. the leader of a
caravan.
anumata
man
vri
•
ranj
vnt
•
sui 11 !^«iaTia
sas
ant^hpura
antanksa
•
anvita
anvestn
• • •
pri
aks
m
1
IS
•
anuvrata
anuraga
anuvartin
annta
•
annSamsa
•
aneka
n
•
nn
•
eka
• i2i». en6i;aX^
• Fers. ab ; We
• Pal. abbha ;
^ avot ab; Go.
^ot;ahn8
I. afon ; a
Pert, abr
; Oo. anthar.
qua; amnis.
■
» e
• i
' 1
lind. ark.
lind. arcanA.
VOCABULARY.
89
ard, 1. a. ardati ; anarda; ardita;
ardisyati ; ardit ; arta : go ;
ask ; injure, annoy,
arta, p. p. p. injured, pained,
arh, 1. a. arhati ; anarha: arhita;
arhisyati ; arhit : be worthy;
deserve; be equal, fit; be
able; ought; honour,
arha, adj. worthy,
arhana, n. the act of honour-
ing; worship.
yatha-'rham,o5i?. worthily, fitly,
al, 1. a, alati ; ala ; alita ; ahsya-
ti; alit: repel; suffice; adorn,
alan-knta, p. p, p. adorned,
alam, indec, an ornament : int,
enough ! no more !
alpa, adj. small, little,
samalan-krita, p. p, p. fully
adorned,
sv-alan-krita, p, p, p. id,
sv-alpa, adj. very small,
ava-, prp. insep. down,
as, 9. a. asnati; asa; asita; a§is-
yati ; asit : eat, enjoy. 5. m.
aSnute ; anaSe, (2. s. anasLse
and anakse, pi. anasidhve,
anaddhve ;) asita and asta ;
asisyate and aksyate ; asista
and asta. pervade, occupy;
heap,
asana, adj. -eating,
asm, n. a tear. See dam§.
asvattha, m. the holy fig-tree ; its
fruit,
astan^ num. eight.
astama, adj. eighth.
asa*,y! hope.
adis,y! hope; a benediction,
asir-vada, m. a benediction.
niraSin, adj. hopeless.
nairasya, n. hopelessness,
as', 2. a. asti, (2 8. asi;) pot
syat; imp. astu, (2 5. edhi;)
impf. asit ; 2 pret. asa : part
pres. sat: be.
asatya, adj. untrue.
asu, n. 8. thought, feeling: m,
pi. asavas, breath.
parasu, adj. dead.
vyasu, adj. id.
8a,t, paH.pre8. being; true; good.
sat-kara, m. hospitality; re-
spect, honour.
sattama, adj. sup. best.
sattva, n. mind ; an animal ;
a sentient being.
satya, adj. true: n. truth.
satya-vadin, aci?^'. truth-speaking.
svasti, ind. welfare; a bene-
diction,
as, 4. a. asyati ; asa ; asita ; asis-
yati; asthat; asitva, and
astva : p. asyate ; asi ; asta :
throw, send.
anasuyaka, adj. unenvious.
asana, n. the act of throwing
or sending.
abhyasa, m. neighbourhood.
asiiyaka, adj. envious.
asuyati, -te, makes angry, slan-
ders, envies.
astra, n. a weapon.
asa, m. a bow.
kntastra, adj. skilful in wea-
pons.
apakarata
apaknta
apara
aparajita
kn
pri
aparadha
aparedyus
apascima
apasada
radh
div
pasca
apaharana
apan*ga
apaya
apraja
hn
an-g
1
jan
^ Pal. attha; Pen. haftt; Hind, ath;
oKTu; 06to; Oo, i^tau; Rut. Ofim\'
' Hind. td.
' eceffScUf esse.
90
VOCABULARY.
nyasa, m. the act of throwiDg
down ; a deposit
vyasana, n, a calamity, mis-
fortune.
sannyasa, m. a renunciation; a
deposit, stake.
ah, V. used only in the 2nd preL
aha, attha, aha, ahatus, aha-
thus, — ahus : said.
akrit'-atman, adj. unrestrained.
asmat, pron, crude form of the
Jirst j>erson.
aham *, pron. I.
atma-ja, m. a son.
atman, m. the mind, soul, self.
atma-bhava, m. self -existence.
atmarbhu, adj. self -existent, ap-
plied to Brahindy Vwnu, Siva,
and Kama.
atmavat, self-possessed,
knt' -atman, adj, self-restrained,
mat-, px. my-,
madiya, €uij. mine,
aho, t Ji/. denoting wonder,
ahovat, alas !
ahosTit, conj. or.
a-, prp. insep, unto, towards:
with obi, as far as : -ish.
atura, diseased.
adhya, adj, wealthy; abundant,
-adi, adj. -first ; u»ed as et cetera :
m. the beginning,
ap*, 5. and 1. a. apnoti, apati ;
apa ; apta ; apsyati ; apat ;
apta : des. ipsati : get, obtain,
ips, desid, wish,
samapta', p. p. p. complete,
imalaka, fn. n. a piatUy phyllan-
thus emblica.
asu, adv. quickly.
aSva*, m. a horse.
aSva-kovida, adj. skilled in
horses,
asvin, (a horseman;) du. asvm-
au, two brothers of great
beauty, children of the sun.
as, 2. m. aste, (2 s. asse,) asan-
cakre, asita, asisyate, asista,
asina : sit ; dwell,
asana, n. the act of sitting; a
seat,
asya, n. the face; the mouth.
1*, 1. a. ayati, ayat, ayatu, ayet,
iyaya,esit,etum,ita: p. iyate.
2. a. eti, eta, etu, lyat.
2. fi». w. adhi, adhite, adhyaita,
adhitam, adhiyita, adhijage,
adhyaista: go.
ati-, go beyond; excel; trans-
gress; elapse; die.
adhi-, 2. m. read, study, call to
mind.
anu-, follow ; accompany.
abhi-, approach, enter.
ava-, understand; look at, exa-
mine.
upa-, go near; enter; take
refuge with ; obtain.
V1-, perish.
adhyaya, and adhyaya, m. a
lesson, chapter, section.
annta, adj. endowed with, pos-
sessed oil
apaya, m. departure; escape;
a way of escape.
abhipraya, m. meaning.
apratima
apraptakala
abbikama
ma
ap
! kam
abhipraya
abhibhsisui
ablumukha
1
bhas
«
mukha
abhiksiia
abhya.sa
amara
aksa
ias"
' mn
abhijana
jan
abhivadaka
Tad
amarsa
mns
• •
abhijna
jna
abhiSapa
sap
amarsana
« •
n
' aptos.
' FmL aamatta.
* PaL assa; Pets, asp, 8ipah,api
Himd. asra, asrar ; Irros ; equoflL
' «Mu; ire.
VOCABULARY.
91
-aya, m, -going.
ayana, n, a way, road.
avyaya, adj. undying, imperish-
able.
ayus, m. age, duration of life.
ayusmat, adj, long-lived.
ita, past p. gone.
udaya, m. the rising of a sta/r,
upaya, m. an artifice, a contri-
vance.
jijkya.y m. fitness; good conduct.
nyayya, adj. fit.
parayana, adj, adhering to, de-
pendent on.
paryaya, m. contrariety, per-
versity.
pray a, adj. like; n. sin.
viparita, adj. adverse.
viparyaya, m. reverse of for-
tune ; destruction ; enmity.
vyaya, m. ruin.
samanvita, adj. = an vita.
samiti, /. an assembly.
samaya, m. a coming together :
time, season, opportunity; an
agreement, oath.
sahaya, m. a companion, helper,
follower.
saliayya, n. companionship,
help, alliance.
itas, adv, from hence; from this
world,
itara, pron. an other,
iti, conj. thus : used to mark
the end of a speech.
idam, n. ayam, m. lyam, f this,
iva*, adv. like, as if: it follows
the thing to which the com-
parison is made.
iha, adv. here, hither.
eva, conj. indeed.
evam, adv. thus.
in.g, 1. a. m.gati, m.gancakara,
in.gita : move one's self.
in.gita, n. a gesture ; a token,
mark.
iiLguda, m. the name of a plant,
the ingua.
md, 1. a. rule.
indu, m. the moon.
Indra*, m. tlie god of the sky:
in comp. -chief.
Indra-puro-gama, adj. preceded
by Indra.
indnya, n. any one of the senses.
indh, 7. m. mddhe; inddhancakre,
or idhe; indhita; mdhisyati;
amdhista : p. idhyate; iddha :
set on fire.
iddha, p, p. p. bright.
indhana, n. fuel ; wood,
is^ 6. a. icchati, wish; seek.
4. a. isyat] ; lyesa, (j>l. isus ;)
esita, and esta ; esisyati ;
aisit; isitva, and istva : p,
isyate; ista; iyesa,&c. ; isita):
go; lead. Caus. send.
anvestn, m. one who seeks.
isu, m. an arrow.
presya*, adj. that may be sent :
m. f a servant.
presyata, f. servitude,
ir, 1. and 10. a. irayati, irati: ut-
ter; send,
isa, m. a lord ; a name of Siva.
amanusa
•
man
aya
1
aranya
ri
•
amitra
mid
ayana
n
arala
»
amiita
•
mn
•
ayam
j>
an
)9
am eva
ma
ayuta
7^
anndama
»
1 Pal. va.
• Pal. Inda.
• Ru8. isk&t*.
* Pers. finsta.
92
VOCABULJLRY.
isvara\ m. id,
aisvarya, n. lordship, authority,
sovereignty.
tn-das^-esvarafl, m, pi, the thir-
teen lords, that is, cUl the
gods except Brahma, Siva,
and Visnu.
ugra, aJj. severe, strict, harsh,
uc, 4. a. ucyati ; uvoca ; ucita ;
ucisyati; ucit; ocitva; ucita:
meet together ; agree.
ucita, p, p. p, fit, worthy, skil-
ful.
oka, and okas, m, a house.
tath'-ocita, adj, fit for, or de-
serving this.
div^-aukas, m, (a sky-dweller,)
a god.
ut, prp. insep, up, upwards.
anuttama, adj. without a supe-
rior; highest, best.
ucca, adj. high.
uccais, adv, aloud.
uttama, adj, sup, highest, best.
uttara, adj, compar, higher;
northern : n, an answer.
uttariya, n, an outer garment,
uta, conj. or.
udumbara, m, ficus glomerata.
und, 7. a. unatti; undancakara;
undita, undisyati; poLundy at;
prec. udyat ; aundit ; unna :
make wet.
uda*, and udaka, n, water.
udra', m. an otter.
samudra, m. the sea ; the ocean.
samudra-ga, m. a river.
upa- , prp. tnsep, nejir.
upan*, prp, to, g, above, over,
upala, m, a stone, rock; a pre-
cious stone.
ubha.
ubhau*, dual, both,
uras^, m. the breast.
ura-ga", m, a serpent.
urasya, m, a son.
us, 1. a, osati; osancakara, and
uvosa, (/?/. usus ;) osita ; osis-
yati; ausit; part, pres, usat,
p, perf, uvasa : bum ; annoy,
hurt.
ustra^ m, a camel.
usna, adj. hot.
usman, m. heat.
osa, m. the act of burning, heat.
dsadhi, and osadhi, f. any an-
nual plant.
ausadha, n, any medicine,
una, less; one less; <w, unavim-
sati =19.
uh, 1. m.uhate; uhancakre; iihita;
uhisyate; auhista: caus. uha-
yati: aujihat : gather; under-
stand.
uhini,yi a collection; an army.
vyuha, m. a crowd, multitude,
n, 9. a. rinati; ara, (2 «. antha,
pi, arus;) arta, anta, and
arita; ansyati; prec, aryat;
arat : go.
anrita, adj. untrue.
an, an enemy.
amava, m, an ocean.
arya, ^j. noble, worthy.
ansta
• •
ns
•
avadya
vad
avidan-ka
san-k
amava
n
avasa
yas
avisesa
dis
ardha
ndh
•
avaSya
»
aviSoka
Sue
avakartana
knt
•
avastra
vas
avyaya
1
^ Pal, issara.
' vB(ap\ lidus, unda; Rus, vod&; Qo,
vato.
^ evvdpii,
* vwo; Bub.
' Pers, bar ; vjrep ; super ; Go. ufar.
' afi^ ; ambo ; Go, bai ; Bus, dba.
' Hind, ur.
8 Hind. urag.
' Pers, sutur.
\
VOCABULARY.
93
udara^ adj, lofty, noble, great,
munificent.
nta, adj. true.
ritu *, m, a season of the year.
rite, prp, w, ac. except.
audarya, n, nobleness, muni-
ficence.
drai-ratha, n. a duel in chariots.
ratha', m. a chariot.
rathm, adj. having a chariot.
rath*-opastha, m. the seat of a
charioteer, which was below
the main body of the car,
sa-ratha, m. one who is with a
chariot.
sarathi, m, a charioteer.
sarathya, n. skill in driving;
the art of driving,
nksa', m. a bear.
nksavat, adj. abounding in
bears: m. the name of a
7m)untain.
rich, 1. a. ncchati; arancakara: go.
ridh, 4. and 5. a. ridhyati, ndh-
noti; anardha; ardhita j ardh-
isyati; ardhit; ardhitva, anci?
riddhva; nddha: grow; pro-
sper.
ardha, adj. half : n. a half.
nddha, p. p. p. grown; prosper-
ous; rich.
samnddha, adj. full, prosperous.
sardham, prp. w. inst. with,
risabha, m, a bull : in comp.
chief,
nsi, m. a wise and holy person,
eka*, adj. one.
aneka, adj. many.
anekasas, adj. by many; many
tiroes.
ekatara**, adj. one out of two,
either.
ekatas, adv. on one side; in
one manner.
ekatra, adv. in one place, to-
gether.
ekakm, adj. alone, lonely.
ekadasa, <idj. eleventh.
ekadasan", num. eleven.
ekaikaSas, adv. separately,
singly.
oj
ka
ojas, w. brightness, strength.
katara, adj. which of the two 1
katham, adv. howl
kada, adv. when 1
kadacit, adv. at some time,
karhi, adv. when]
karhicit, adv, at any time,
kim^, n. kas, m. ka, f what 1
whol
kaccit, an interrogative particle.
ku^cana, n. kaScana, m. kacana,
f any thing whatever, any
one.
krncit, n. kascit, m. kacit, f
some thing, some one.
kitava, m. a gambler; a cheat,
kmtu, conj. but.
kmnu, ind, how much less !
what ]
kutas, adv. whence?
kutra, adv. where]
kaitava, n. gambling,
kva, adv. where?
avyagra
ag
asakrit
•
kn
•
asuhnd
•
hnd
asaknuvat
dak
asita
so
asau
adas
asesa
dis
asukha
khan
asveda
svid
aSoka
Sue
asura
sura
ahan
dah
^ ritus,
2 rota.
- TOW,.
* apKTos ; ursus.
* Pers. yak.
* ixaTepos,
* ivScKa.
7 qui, quis.
13
i
94
VOCABULARY.
kvacit, adv, somewhere,
kvapi, adv. any where,
kaksa, m. a gate.
kaksa,y! an inclosure.
kat, 1. a. katati; cakata; katita;
akatit: go; cover; rain; live
in distress, or pain,
utkata, adj. furious : m. an ele-
phant in rut.
kata, m. the hip and loins; the
temples of an elephant; a
mat.
Yikata, adj. without a mat or
covering,
kana, adj. small.
kanya, and kanyaka, /. a girl,
daughter,
kanta
kantaka, m. n, a thorn; an
enemy.
kath\ 10. a. kathayati, acakathat :
narrate, tell,
katha^y*. a tale,
kadamba, m. the name of a plant,
nauclea kadamba.*
kan, 1. a. kanati; cakana; kanita;
kanta : shine, see, love,
kanaka, n. gold,
kam', 10. m. kamayate; cakame,
kamayancakre, kamayita,
kamita; kamayisyate, kamis-
yate; acikamata, acakamata;
kamitva, and kantva ; kanta :
love ; wish for.
akama, adj. unwilling,
abhikama, m, love.
Kandai*pa, m. the god of love,
Kama,
kamala, n. a lotus.
kanti,y. desire; loveliness.
kama", m. love ; wish ; an ob-
ject of desire: the god o/ love.
kama-ga, adj. going at will.
kama-vasin, adj. dwelling at
will, dwelling where he
chooses,
kamp, 1. m. kampate; cakampe;
kampita; kampisyate; akam-
pista: tremble, shake,
karuna, adj. mournful, sad.
karn, 10. a. split.
karnikara, m. the name of a
plant, pterospermum acerifo-
Iium.
kal, 1. m. kalate; cakale: count;
sound. 10. a. kalayati : shake,
vibrate: meditate; suppose.
akala, adj. untimely, unseason-
able.
aprapta-kala, adj. not having
attained the proper time.
kala, adj. gentle, soft, of the
voice.
kali, m. battle, strife: the de-
mon of strife; the age of
stidfe.
kalusa, adj. turbid, dark.
kalya, adj. prepared, sound:
n. the dawn; the morrow.
kalyana, adj. good; fortunate:
n. good fortune.
kala, adj. black : m. blackness ;
time; death; the god of
death.
prapta-kala, adj. having attain-
ed the proper time,
kavaca, m. n. armour, mail,
kas, \.a.m. kaSati, -te &c. ; kasta :
beat, hurt; sound.
kasaya, adj. astringent : brown.
ahirasa
han
akulita
kul
agamana
gam
akara
kn
•
aknti
kn
agas
ag
akasa
kas
akhyana
khya
ajna
jna
akula
kul
agama
gam
atura
tur
qvi^an.
'-* am&re.
' Pers. k&m.
V
VOCABULARY.
95
kasta, p. p, p, unhappy, sorrow-
ful : n, misfortune,
kadmala, adj. dirty: ra, fainting,
syncope,
kau'ks, 1. a. kan^ksati, cakan*ksa,
kan-ksita. desire, wish.
kan.ksa,y! a desire, wish,
kanana, n. a forest,
kaya, w. n. a body,
kas, 1. amd^:, m. kaSate, kaSyate;
cakase; kasita; kaSisyate;
akaSista. shine.
akaSa, m. air.
kastha, n, fuel, wood,
caks, 2. m, caste; cacakse: see;
speak, a-, tell.
caksus\ n, an eye.
prakaSa^ adj. bright,
prakasata, /. brightness ; cele-
brity.
sakaSa, m. presence,
kimsuka, m, the name of a tree,
butea frondosa.
kit, 3. a, ciketi; ciketa: perceive,
recognize,
ketu, m. a standard, flag,
kda, conj, indeed, certainly,
kuca, m. a breast,
kunj, m. n, an elephant's tusk;
a place abounding with creep-
ing plants,
kunjara, m. an elephant*
nikunjja, m, an arbour,
kut
koti,y! an extremity, a point:
tlie number ten millions, 10^.
kund, 1. a. be injured: 1. m, bum:
10. a. keep, guard,
kunda, n. a water-jar ; a well.
kundala, n, a ring; an ear-ring;
a bracelet,
kundahn, adj, having a bracelet.
Kundina, n, the chief city of
the Vidarbhah.
kutuhala, n, pleasure, eagerness.
Kunti,y! the wife of king Pandu.
Kaunteya, m. any descendant
of Kunti.
kup', 4. a. kupyati; cukopa;
kopita; kopisyati; akupat:
be angry,
kopa, m. anger,
prakopa, m. irritation,
kumara, m. a boy, youth.
kaumara, w. youth, time of life,
kumbha, w. a water-jar; a mea-
sure for corn ; a swelling on
an elephant's forehead,
kur, 6. a, kurati: sound.
kurara, m. an osprey.
Kuril, m, an ancestor of Pandu.
Kaurava, m, any descendant of
Kuru.
kul, 1. a, kolati; cukola: gather,
akula, adj, troubled,
akulita, p, p, p^ troubled,, dis-
turbed,
kula, n, a family,
kula-ghna, odj. family-destroy-
ing,
vyakula, adj, == akula.
san-kula, adj, full> mixed,
samakula, adj, id,
kus, 4. a. embrace. I. and 10.
shine,
kusala, adj, prosperous, happy ;
skilful: n, prosperity, hap-
piness.
aditya
diti
apaga
ap
abharana
•
bhn
adhi
dhyai
apad
pad
abha
bha
anayana
lU
apida
pid
amaya
am
annsamsya
nn
abadha
badh
amarsa
•
mns
• •
^ Pal, cakku; Pers, casm*
^ Pal, pak&sa..
• Pal, kupati.
i
96
VOCABULARY.
kusalin, adj, id,
kosa, m. the bud of a flower;
a sheath : treasure ; gold,
kus, 9. a. kusnati; cukosa; kosita,
kosisyati; akosit; kusita.
draw out.
kosa, m. =ko§a.
Yikosa, adj, without a sheath,
kuj, 1. a. sound; caw, coo.
kuta, m. a peak, summit,
kurma, m. a tortoise,
kn^, 8. a, m, karoti; kurute; joo^.
kuryat; kurvita; cakAra,
cakre; karta; kansyati, -te;
prec. knyat, knsista; akar-
sit, aknta ; kntva, and kritya:
p, knyate; kanta; kansyate;
akan, {pi, akarisata;) knta:
make; do. sam-, compete;
adorn,
akarya, adj, that may not be
done,
akurvat, part, not doing,
akntva, not having done.
apakarata,y! an offence,
apaknta, p, p, p, injured,
asaknt, adv, not once only,
often,
akara, m. a form, shape,
akaravat, a>dj, beautifuL
akriti,/. form,
apta-kann, adj, trusty,
-kara, adj, -making, -doing : rn,
a hand ; a proboscis,
karin, adj, having a hand : m,
an elephant,
karman*, n, deed,
kartn'*, m, a maker, doer.
kara*, adj, -making, -doing: m.
an effort.
karana, n, a deed, work : cause.
kaiiii, adj, doing.
karya, adj, that may be done :
n, a business, an affair.
karyavat, adj. busy, attentive.
-knt, adj, -making, -doing.
knta, p, p, p, made, done.
krite, prp, for the sake of.
knta-kntya, adj. having done
what should be done.
knti,/. an act, a work.
kntya, adj, that should be
done : n, a business, duty.
kratu, m. a sacrifice.
cikirs, desid. wish to do.
duskara, adj, hard to do.
dusknta, n, an evil deed.
nikriti,y; vileness, wickedness,
prakara*, m, manner; kind.
prakriti*,^! nature: /?^. subjects.
pratikara, m, retaliation.
vikara, m, a change; disturb-
ance of mind.
samskara, m. an ornament, a
purpose.
saknt, ad'o: once only,
knt, 6. a, knntati; eakarta; kar-
tita; kartisyati, and kart-
syati; akartit; kntta: cut,
divide.
avakartana, n, the act of cut-
ting off.
kartana^ n, the act of cutting.
kncchra, adj, difficult, trouble-
some: n. difficulty, trouble.
kntya, adj, annoying.
amatya
ama
ayatana
yat
aradhana
radh
amnaya
man
ayana
1
arava
ru
amra
am
ayudha
yudh
aroha
ruh
ayata
yam
arava
ru
arta
ard
k
^ Pers, kardau; creare.
2 carmen.
3 creator.
* Pers, kar.
* Pal, pakara.
^ Pal, pakati.
VOCABULARY.
97
kntyaka, f, she that annoys.
kntsna, adj, all, whole,
klip, 10. a. knpayati: be weak.
karpanya, n, poverty; mean-
ness of spirit.
knpana, adj, pitiable, feeble,
mean, miserly.
knpa,/ pity.
kri§\ 4. a, knsyati, cakar^, kar-
i§ita, karsisyati, akriSat, kar-
sitva, and knsitva: make
thin.
knsa, adj, thin, wasted,
kns", 1. a. and 6. a. m. karsati,
kiisati, -te; cakarsa, caknse:
karsta, and krasta: kark-
syati, -te, and kraksyati, -te :
drag; draw to and fro; tame;
annoy. 6. plough.
karsana, n, the act of drawing :
ddj. -vexing.
knsna®, adj, black; dark blue.
krisna- vartman, m. (black-path,)
fire.
praknsta, p, p, p, extended;
long,
kri*, 6. a. kirati; cakara, (pi. car-
karus;) kanta, and karita;
kansyati, and karisyati; kir-
yat; akarit: p, kiryate;
kirna*: pour out, scatter,
sprinkle.
kima, p. p, p, scattered, sprin-
kled.
san-kara, m, mixture : a mixed
caste,
krit, 10. a, kirtayati, acikntat,
and acikirtat : praise ; recite.
name.
kirti,/ praise; fame, gloiy.
akirti, /, dispraise ; dishonour.
akirti-kara, adj, causing dis-
honour,
klnp, 1. a. m, kalpate ; caklnpe;
kalpita, kalpta; kalpisyate,
-ti; akalpista, aklnpta and
aklnpat ; klnpta, kalpya :
suffice, b3 capable, become.
kalpa", adj, -like: m. a day and
night of Brahma, the dura-
tion of esich formation, being
432 millions of yeai-s; a com-
mand.
prakalpita, p, p, p, fitted, ar-
ranged.
san-kalpa, m. counsel, purpose;
mind, intelligence.
jata-san"kalpa, adj. having com-
mon sense.
keSa, m. the hair of the head.
kes'-anta, m. a lock of hair,
mukta-ke§a, adj. with dishevel-
led hair,
krand, 1. a. krandati; cakranda;
krandita : cry out sadly, weep,
a-, call out to.
kram^, 1. and 4. a. m. kramati,
kramate,kramyati; cakrama,
cakrame ; kramita, kranta ;
kramisyati, kramsyate ; akra-
mit, akramsta ; kramitva,
krantva, krantva : kranta :
step, walk, a-, attack.
krama, m. a step, series, row.
krama-prapta, p. p. p. obtained
by succession.
arya
n
avasa
vas
asirvada
as
alaya
h
avila
Vll
asu
9i
avarta
vnt
•
£u§a
ad
ascarya
car
avaha
vah
asis
»
aSrama
dram
^ Pal. kisati.
^ Pal. kassati ; Pers. kasidan, kistan.
^ Pal. kanha ; Rus. cerno.
* Pal. kir'ati.
'^ Pal. kinna.
^ Pal. kappa.
^ Pal. kamati.
98
VOCABULARY.
cakra *, tti. a wheel ; a quoit used
in battle; a district, pro-
vince ; an army.
cakravaka, m. the brahmany
goose.
paiakrama', ttl power, might.
vikrama, m, a step; power,
might.
Yikranta, adj, bold,
krunc, 1. a, kruncati : bend.
kraunca, m. a heron,
krudh', 4. a, krudhyati ; cukrodha ;
kroddha; krotsyati; akrud-
, hat; kruddha: be angry.
krodha*, m. anger,
krus, 1. a, kroSati; cukrosa; kro-
sta ; kroksyati ; akruksat :
cry out, complain, weep.
anukrosa, m. pity.
niranukroda, adj, pitiless,
klam, 1. and 4. a, klamati, klam-
yati ; caklama ; klamita ;
klanta: be weary, languish.
klama', m. weariness, languor.
klanta, p, p, p. wearied,
klid, 4. a, become moist.
akledya, adj, that cannot be
moistened.
kli§, 4. m, and 9. a, kliSyate, klis-
nati ; ciklesa ; ciklide ; kle-
6ita, and klesta; kleSisyati,
-te, and kleksyati; aklesit,
and akliksat, aklesista ;
klisitva, amd klistva ; kli-
kita^and klista : grieve, annoy,
weary.
aklista, adj. unwearied.
kleiSa, m. grief, sorrow.
klu, 1. m. move one's self.
kliva, adj, weak, powerless : m,
a eunuch.
klaivya, n. weakness; effemi-
nacy.
viklava, adj. agitated.
vaiklavya, n. agitation.
ksan, 8. a. m. ksanoti, ksanute;
caksana, caksane ; ksanita ;
ksamsyati, -te; aksanit, ak-
sata ; ksata : strike, hurt, kill.
ksana, m. a period of four mi-
nutes, corresponding to a de-
gree of the eqvMtor.
ksata, p. p. p. struck, killed,
ksam", 1. m. and 4. a. ksamate,
ksamyati ; caksame, and
caksame : ksamit^, and ksan-
ta, ksamisyate, -tiy and ksam-
syate, -ti ; aksamista, aksam-
sta, aksamat : p. ksamyate,
ksanta : bear with ; be pa-
tient; excuse.
ksatra, and ksatnya, m. a man
of the military caste.
ksama, ac^. bearing, enduring.
ksama, /. patience: the Earth.
ksamavat, adj. patient,
ksal, 10. a. ksalayati, aciksalat:
wash.
praksalana, n. the act of wash-
ing.
ksi, 1. 5. and 9. a. ksayati, ksi-
noti, ksinati; ciksaya; ksetil,;
ksesyati ; ksiyat ; aksaisit ;
ksitva ; ksiya : p. ksiyate ;
ksina, and ksiten strike; kill.
1. a. rule.
■N
as
aha
ah
iksana
aks
asa
as
ahara
hn
idnSa
dnS-
asana
as
ahita
dba
ips
ap
asya
as
iks
•
aks
•
uccaya
Cl
1 Pal, cakka.
* Pal. kodha.
3 Pal, parakkaxna.
5 Pal, kilamati.
3 Pal. ku]]
bail.
« Pa
I, khamati.
VOCABULARY.
99-
aksaya, adj. deathless.
ksaya, m, death, destruction.
-ksit, m. -ruler.
ksiti, /. the earth.
mahi-ksit, m. a ruler of the
earth ; a king.
ksip*, 6. a, m. 4. a, ksipati, -te,
ksipyati ; ciksepa, ciksipe ;
ksepta, ksepsyati, -te; ak-
saipsit, aksipta : p. ksipyate,
ksipta: throw.
niksepa, m. a deposit, stake.
ksipra, adj, quick,
ksud, 7. a. m. ksunatti, ksunte;
cuksoda, cuksude ; ksotta ;
ksotsyati, -te; aksudat, ak-
sautsit, aksutta ; ksunna :
crush, bruise, pound.
ksudra, adj. small, worthless,
ksudh, 4. a. ksudhyati, cuksod-
ha ; ksoddha ; ksudhitva,
OTic^ksodhitva: ksudhita: be
hungry.
ksudh, and ksudha, /. hunger,
ksema, adj. good, happy: m, n.
happiness.
ksemin', adj. happy,
khad, 10. a. khadayati: split, di-
vide, break, crush.
khadga^, m. a rhinoceros; the
horn of a rhinoceros: a sword,
khad, 1. a. khadati, cakhada: kill;
eat.
khadira, m, the sensitive plant,
khan*, 1. a. m. khanati, -te; ca-
khana, cakhne: dig.
akhila, adj. whole.
asukha, n. pain, sorrow.
kha, m. the sky, air.
kha-ga, and kha-gama, m. (sky-
goer,) a bird.
khila, adj. empty.
khe-cara, m. (walking in the
sky,) a bird.
duhkha, adj. painful, jdifficult :
n, pain, difficulty,
duhkhita, a>dj. pained,
sukha, adj. pleasant : n. plea-
sure, ease.
sukhin, adj. joyful.
suduhkha, adj. very painful,
very difficult,
kharj, 1. a. cleanse: annoy.
kharjiira, m. a palm trea
khalu, conj. indeed, truly,
khad, 1. a. khadati; cakhada;*
khadita; khadisyati; akha-
dit: eat, devour,
khya: 2. a. m. khyati; cakhyau,
cakhye ; khyata; khyasyati,
-te ; khyayat, and khyeyat ;
khyasista ; akhyat, -ta : p.
and impers. khyayate, khya-
yita, and khyata; khyayis-
yate, and khyasyate ; akhya-
yi : name, call. a-,narrate,tell.
pratya-,refuse. pra-, celebrate,
praise, vi-, id. sam-, count.
akhyana, n. a tale.
upakhyana, n. an episode,
prakhya, adj. like.
sakhi, m. sakhi,y! a friend.
san'khya, n. battle.
san'khyana, n. an enumeration,
gaj*, 1. a. gajati; jagaja: trumpet,
as an elephant.
utkata
kat
udaya
1
unmatta
mad
utsarga
SPJ
udarka
ark
unmukha
mukh
utsava
su
udara
n
•
1 upacara
car
utsrastu
• •
spj i
uddeSa
dis
, upadesa
di8
^ Ru8. siv&t*.
2 Pal. khema.
3 Pal. khagga.
* Pers. kandan.
® Pal. ga]]ati.
100
VOCABULARY.
gaja, m. an elephant,
gan, 10. a, ganayati; ajaganat,
and ajiganat : count,
gana, m, a number, multitude,
crowd, flock,
gad, 1. a. gadati; jagada; gadita;
gadisyati ; agadit, and aga-
dit: speak, say.
gandh, m. a smell, odour; a sweet
smell,
sugandhm, adj, having a sweet
smell,
saugandhika, adj, id, n, the
white lotus,
gandharva^, m. one of Indra's
musicians,
gam', 1. a, gacchati; jagama, (pi.
jagmus ;) ganta ; gamisyati ;
agamat ; per/, part, jagmivas
. and jaganvas ; gatva, in
comp, gatja, and gamya :
gata: go. ga, 3. a. jigati;
1 pret. ajigat ; pot, jagayat ;
3 pret. a.gat: go.
aga, and agama, m. (that goes
not,) a tree ; a mountain,
adhigamana, n, finding, obtain-
ing,
anuga, adj, following,
abhigamana, n, arrival,
agama, adj. -going to : m. the
act of going to, or coming,
agamana, n. the act of coming,
-ga, adj. -going,
gata, past p. gone,
gati, /. gait, manner of going,
gamana, n. the act of going,
gatra, n, a limb ; a body.
durga, adj. hard to reach or
pass,
naga, m. (that goes not,) a tree ;
a mountain,
nagara, n. nagari, /. a city,
naga, m. a jserpent : an ele-
phant,
san-ga, and sangama, m, a
meeting, an assembly,
san-gati, /. coming together.
sangatya, by chance.
san*gama, m. union,
sada-gati, m. (always going,)
the wind.
8amagama,m. a coming together,
sv-agata, culj. welcome,
gambhira, adj, deep; deep in
sound, deep sounding,
garut, m. a wing.
garutmat, adj. winged : a bird,
gah, and gah, 10. a. be thick, im-
passable, (W a forest.
gahana, adj. thick, impassable:
n. a forest,
gadha, p. p. p. thick, hairy;
close,
gadham, adv. greatly, very,
gadha, adj. fordable, shallow.
agadha, adj, not fordable, deep,
gin*, m. a mountain,
guna*, m. a quality : a good qua-
lity, virtue : a cord,
gunavat, adj. having good qua-
lities, virtuous,
gunth, 10. a. gunthayati: cover,
gup, 1. and 10. a. m. gopayati;
jugopa, and gopayancakara;
gopta,gopita, gopayita; gop-
upapanna
pad
upakhyana
khya
ekagra
ag
upama
ma
upaya
1
etat
ta
upavana
vana
udha
•
vah
etavat
»
upastha
stha
urdhvan
vridh
m
aikagrya
^
1 Pal. gandhabba.
3 Pal. gacchati, and gameti ; Go.
gaggan, qiman.
^ opos ; Ru8. gork.
* Pers. gonah.
k
VOCABULARY.
101
syati, gopisyati,goi»ayisyati;
agaupsit, agopit, agopayit :
guard,
goptn, m. a protector,
guru , adj. heavy ; honoured : m,
andf» a teacher, guide.
gaurava, n, honour, dignity.
gulma, m. a shrub, bush : a clump
of grass,
guh, 1. a. m. guhati, -te ; juguha,
jnguhe; guhita, and godha;
giihisyati, -te, ghoksati, -te;
aguhit, aghuksat, aguhista,
agudha, aghuksat^; guhitva,
gudhva; jo. guhyate; aguhi;
giidha: cover; conceal.
guha,y! a cave,
gudha, j9. p. p. hidden,
gri', girati, and gilati, gruuiti;
jagara anrfjagala ; ganta* and
gahta, garita and galita ; ga-
nsyati and galisyati, garis-
yati, and galisyati; giryat;
agarit and agalit : p. giryate ;
girna: des. jigarisyati and
jigahsyati. 6. a. swallow.
9. a, sound.
g\v^,f. the voice,
gai, 1. a, gayati ; jagau ; gata ;
gasyati ; geyat ; agasit : p,
giyate; agayi; gita: sing.
gatha,y! a song,
go*, m, a bull : f, a cow ; the
earth,
grabh*, an old form q/*grah.
garbha**, m. the womb; the calyx
of a flower: an embryo,
gras, 1. m. grasate ; jagrase ; gra-
sita : grasisyate : asrasista ;
graartva, a^ gvUt^^
ta: devour,
grab, 9. a. m, gnhnati, gnhnite ;
jagraha; grahita ; grahisyati,
-te ; grihyat, grahisista; agra-
hit, agrahista ; gi*ahitum ;
gnhitva : p, gnhyate ; ja-
gnhe ; grahita and grahita ;
grahisyate, and grahisyate;
grahisista, and grahisista ;
agrabi ; gnhita : take, seize,
grasp.
gnha, m. a house : pi, a wife.
geha, m, id,
graha, m, a planet.
grahana, n, the act of seizing.
grama ^, m. a village ; a multi-
tude.
gramin, m. a villager.
gramya, a^j. domestic, tame.
graha, m. the act of seizing ; a
serpent ; any large water
animal.
san>grahana, n, the act of en-
closing, guiding, or driving.
san>grama, m. a battle,
ghur, 6. a, ghurati : frighten :
utter a noise; either to fright-
en, or in fear.
ghora, adj. terrible,
ghus, 1. a, ghosati; jughosa; gho-
sita; ghosisyati; aghosit, anc^
aghusat: make a noise, pro-
claim.
ghosa, m. a noise, sound : a
shepherd's station.
nirghosa, m. a noise.
kartana
krit
kirti
kri& 1
gatacetas
Clt
kamaduh
dub
krit
•
garbha
grabh
kasaya
kaA
•
kntanjali
anj
gir
gn
kima
•
kri
•
kntatman
•
ah
ghna
ban
^ gravis.
^ gula ; Ru8, gdrlo.
^ ynpv^i -R'^* golos'.
* Pers. gav. 71;.
' Pers, ginftan ; Go. greipan.
8 Pal, gabbha.
7 Pal. gama.
14
102
VOCABULARY.
ghra^ 1. a. jighrati: smell.
vyaghra, m. a tiger.
nara-vyaghra, m. a tiger of
men, chief of men in bravery,
-ca, an enclitic conjunction, and.
catur", num. four,
cand, 1. a, candati; cacanda; can-
dita: shine; gladden.
canda, m. the moon.
candana, tti. n, sandal wood.
candra, m, the moon.
candramas, th. id.
cam, 1. and 5. a. camati, cacama,
camita, acamit : eat.
camikara, n. gold,
car, 1. a. carati; cacara; canta;
cansyati ; acarit : walk.
ajicarya, adj. wonderful: n. a
wonder, marvel.
upacara, m. service ; an act.
carana, n. the act of walking ;
an act.
canta, n^ conduct.
carya, /. the act of walking;
service; performance, office.
cara, m. the act of walking.
caritra, n. way of acting : good
conduct.
caru, adj. fair, beautiful, pleas-
ing.
paricarya, /. service, depend-
ence, veneration, worship.
pancara, adj. attentive, dili-
gent.
paricaraka, m. a servant.
])ancanka,y! id.
VI cara, m. vicarana, n. delibe-
ration, hesitation.
sancara, m. a passage, entrance,
door- way.
cal, 1. a. calati; cacala; calita;
calisyati ; acalit. sometimes
m. totter, shake, tremble.
acala, adj. immovable: in. a
mountain.
cala, adj. moving, tt)ttering,
trembling,
cah, 1. and 10. a. crush, injure;
deceive.
cihna, n. a spot, stain, mark:
a banner, standard,
ci', 5. a. r/i. cinoti, cinute; cikaya
and cicaya, cikye, and cicye ;
ceta; cesyati, -te; ciyat, ce-
sista; acaisit, acesta; p. ci-
yate;cayita; cayisyatf^; cayi-
sista; acayi, acayisata; ceya,
a7id cetavya; cita: gather;
seek.
acira, adj. short.
uccaya, m. a heap.
caya, m. a collecticm, multitude,
heap.
cira*, adj. long, ofthne.
na-cirat, adv. in no long time,
niscaya, m. a determination,
decree: truth, certainty.
ma-ciram, adv. soon,
-cit, an enclitic particle that makes
interrogatives become inde-
finite.
cit, 1. a. cetati ; ciceta; cetita;
cetisyati ; acetit; cetitva and
cititva; citta; and cmt, 10. a.
cmtayati : think, perceive.
acmtya, adj. that is unthought,
inconceivable.
aceta, adj. having no thought,
void of intelligence, uncon-
scious.
cakra
kram
cikirs
kri
jihmaga
ha
cakravaka
»
jatasan-kalpa
klnp
tathavidha
dha
caks
ka^
jihirs
hn
tadanantara
ant
caturvarnya
vn
•
jihma
ha
taru
tnmh
• •
> fragrare.
* Pers. cihar; quataor; Go. fidvor;
Wei. pedwar ; Rus. cetiire.
' Pers. cidan.
* Wei. hir.
k
VOCABULARY.
103
acetana, (zdj, thoughtlef^s.
anucintayat, pcMrt, thinking of.
gata-cetas, adj, deprived of un-
derstanding,
citta, n, thought : the mind,
citra, adj, various; of various
colours,
cinta, /, thought, meditation,
cmta-para, adj. thoughtful,
cetas, n. the mind,
vicitra, adj, much varied, very
various,
cud, 10. a, codayati ; acucudat:
urge, impel; command,
cet, conj, if.
Cedi, m, the na/ine of a country,
cest, 1. m, palpitate ; roll ; struggle.
cyu^, 1. m, cyavate; cucyuve;
cyota ; cyosyate ; aoyosta :
fall; perish.
acyuta, adj, unfallen ; firm ;
lofly.
cyuta, p, p. p, fallen,
chad, 10. and 1. a, m, chadayati,
-te, chadati, -te ; chadita and
channa: cover,
chada, m, a leaf; a wing.
chadman,7i. concealment; wear-
ing another's form,
chadmm, adj, clothed in an-
other's form,
chanda, n, a desire, wish.
chaya',y! a shadow.
})aricchada, m. a retinue,
pracchadana, n, the act of co-
vering : an upper garment,
chid^, 7. a, m, chinatti, chmte;
ciccheda, cicchide ; chetta,
chetsyati, -te; acchidat, and
acchaitsit, and acchitta: p,
chidyate; acchedi; chinna:
cut, cleave, split,
achedya, adj, that cannot be
divided,
chedya, adj, that maybe divided.
J at, 1. a. heap up.
jata,y! the matted hair of Siva,
and of ascetics,
jatila, adj. having matted hair,
jan*, 3. a. jajanti; jajana: beget;
bring forth: 4. m, jayate;
jajne ; janisyate ; ajanista,
and sgani; jata: be born,
aja, adj, unborn,
apraja, adj, childless,
abhijana, m. a family,
-ja, adj, -bora
jana, m. a man, person,
janani,^ a mother,
janapada, n, land; the country,
janman, n, birth,
janm'-antara, n, an other birth,
janitn*, m, a father,
janitri®,/ a mother,
jata^, p, p, p, bom.
jata-rupa, n, gold.
jktijf, birth; a family,
jatu, ind, ever, naj', never,
janapada, m* a countryman,
rustic,
dvi-ja, adj, twice-born, applied
to birds, and Brahmans, also
to men of the second and
third classes,
nirjana, adj. unpeopled,
praja®,^ progeny: pi, subjects.
tu
tejas
tridiva
tridiveSvara
ta
div
trailokya
danta
dantrn
dara
lok
ad
dii
•
dari
darSana
darSin
daruna
•
dri
•
dri§
•
99
dri
•
^ Pers, Sudan.
2 ffKia; Pers, ai
* <rxtfeii'; seme
* yepos ; genus ;
Wei, cenaw.
lyah; Ba
lere.
Go, koni
8, syen '.
; Pers,^ zan;
1
(
1
^ gemtor.
' gemtnx
^ n&tus;
9 progeni
•
Pers, zadah.
es.
104
VOCABULARY.
prajarkama, adj, desirous of
progeny,
▼ijana, adj. unpeopled*
jambu, m. the rose-apple, eugenia
jambolana.
Jambudvipa, m, India,
jaly 1. and 10. a. cover.
jala', adj. cold; stupid: n. cold-
ness; cold; water,
jala-da, m. a cloud,
jala, 7L a net; a multitude,
janu', n. a knee,
ji, 1. a. m. jayati, -te, jigaya,
jigye, jeta, jesyati, -te, jiyat,
jisista, ajaisit, ajesta: p. ji-
yate, jajita, jayisyate, jayi-
sista, ajayi, ajayisata: con-
quer,
aparajita, adj, unconquered.
jaya, nu victory; nanie of Ar-
juna: adj. -conquering,
jita, p. p. p. conquered,
parajaya, m. defeat.
l)arHjita, p. p. p. = jita.
vijaya, m. victory,
jimiita, m. .a cloud,
jiv', 1. a. jivati, jijiva, jivita, jivi-
syati, ajivit: live,
jiva, adj. alive: m, life,
jivana, n. jivika, /, and jivita,
n. life.
311, 1. a.m. javati: go; go quickly.
Java, m. haste, quickness, speed,
javana, n. and yuti,/. id,
JUS, 1. and 10. a. examine: de-
light. 6. love, desire; inhabit,
jn, 1, 4, 9, 10, a. grow old, decay;
be digested.
jara,y! old age.
jna^,9. a. m. janati,janite; jajnan,
jajne; jnata; jnasyati, -te;
juayat, jneyat; jnasista; aj-
nasit, ajnaista : p. j nay ate ;
jajDC ; jnata, and jnayita;
jnasyate, and jnayisyate ;
jnasista, and jnayisista; aj-
nayi, ajnasata, and ajnayisa-
ta ; jnata ; jneya. eaus. jna-
payati. des. jijnasate: know,
anu-, allow, prati-, assent,
promise.
ajnata, adj. unknown.
ajnata-vasa, adj. whose dwell-
ing was not known.
anabhijna, adj. unskilfuL
abhijna, adj. skilful.
ajna,y*. a command.
-jna, adj. -knowing.
juati, m. a kinsman.
jnana, n. knowledge, intellect.
naman', n. a name.
prajna, adj. wise.
vijna, adj. id.
sanjna,y! consciousness; mind;
thought,
jvar, 1. a. jvarati; jajvara; jva-
rita; jvansyati; ajvarit; jur-
na: be sick.
J vara, m. sickness ; grief; trouble.
vi-jvara, adj. free from grief,
jval, 1. a. jvalati; jajvala; jvali-
ta; jvalisyati; ajvalit: bum,
shina pra-, begin to bum,
jhas, 1. a. m. take; cover.
jhasa, 911. a fish.
jhilli,y! a cricket.
dasi
dasa
duhkhita
khan
duskara
kn
digvasas
did
duhsaha
•
sah
deya
da
divaukas
uc
durdharsa
dhns
deva
div
duhkha
•
khan
durbuddhi
budh
dvipa
pa
^ gelu.
2 Pers. zknn ; yow ; genu ; Go, kniu.
^ l^adv ; vivere ; Pers. aistan.
* Iiu8. znat'; Pers. smaxtan; 7i'(i;vac ;
novisse; Go. kunnan.
* Pers. nam; Rtts. imya,
oyofia; nomen ; Go. namo.
-mem ;
VOCABULARY.
105
jliillika,yi id.
jhri, 4. a. jhiryati: gi'ow old.
nirjhara, m, a water-falL
ta
etat, esa, esa, pron, th4t.
etavaty adj, such : n. adv. so
much, so.
tat, sas and sa, sa: it, he, she ;
th4t.
tat, {after yat,) conj, therefore.
tatas, from th^t ; after thdt.
tattva, n, truth, the exact
thing.
tattva-jna, adj, knowing the
truth.
tatra, there.
tatha, thus.
tada, then.
tavat, adj, so great, so much :
n, adv, now.
tu, conj, also, indeed, too ; but,
tad, 10. a, strike, kill.
tadaga, n, a fish-pond, lake,
tan*, 8. a, m, tanoti; tanute ;
tatana, tene; tanita, tanis-
yati, -te ; atanit, and atanit,
atata, and atanista ; tanitva,
and tatva : p, tanyate, amt
tayate; tata: stretch, spread.
atata, adj. continued, spread.
atataym, adj, going in all di-
rections, marauding.
tata, p, p, p, stretched; con-
tinued.
tauaya, m, tanaya, /, a child ;
son, daughter.
tanu', adj, tbin, slender ; /. n,
the body.
tanus", n. and tanu, /. the
body.
tanu-ruha, m. n. the hair of the
body. .
satata, adj, continual: n, adv,
continually.
tandra,y! weariness; sloth.
atandnta, adj, unwearied,
tap^, \, a, m, tapati, -te; tatapa,
tepe ; . tapta, tapsyati, -te ;
atapsit : p, tapyate, atapta :
caus, tapayati, -te; atitapat,
-ta: bum; be hot; torture,
pain ; be grieved. Pass, en-
dure pain, as a religious ex-
ercise,
-tapa, adj, -vexing.
tapas, n, heat ; the hot season :
torture of body, penance ;
devotion, piety.
tapasvin*, adj, pious ; addicted
to penance.
tapo-dbana, adj, rich in piety
or penance.
tapo-vana, n, a penance-grove.
tapo-vnddha, adj, grown old in
penance.
tapasa, m, an ascetic,
tam ^, 4. a, tamyati ; tatama, ta-
mita : p, 3. pret, atami :
waste away, be grieved.
tamas, n, darkness.
tamisra, n, id,
tamra^, n, copper : adj, copper-
coloured; dark.
timira, n, darkness.
\^timira, adj, bright
tamb, 1. a, move.
dvipad
dvipa
dvairatha
naga
pad
ap
n
•
gam
nagara
nanu
nabhas
naga
gam
nu
bha
gam
nainan
nihdabda
•
nihsvasa
•
nihsamdaya
jna
dabda
Svas
• •
SI
^ T€iv€w\ tendere, tenere.
3 tenuis ; Rus, ton'ko.
' Pen, ten.
* T€i4>€iv; tepere; Pen. taftan; Rus.
topit*.
'^ Pal. tepassm.
* Rus. temnot4.
7 Pal. temba.
lOQ
v#x;abl'laht.
htUiw}fHf m. ihfi M*lf! of a cliff: I
n hill,
turk ', 1 0, a, tarkajati ; tarkaya-
rii/iRa; tarkayita: c^nxuler,
tliirik, miffjK;fi#!.
Uiln, n. tlin ^roiirif] ; th^ m^lii o/*
lumd; ili<j Niirfaf;<}.
iiila, 7/», th«; \tft\ui of the hind:
UiM fan |»alrri tnsfj.
t^tMkarn, //». a tliif^f.
lij, 10. /i. M'jaynti : MlinqH^n. cZe-
ii/'/. 7/A. titjkHat^i: mirliiro.
1 1^11111, '^//.lioi, tiiirtiing; Hharp;
|mj)iMi<iiia(.4i : ta. linat.
1.1^111* 111 1 1 HI I, lulj, having hot
ntyN : m. thn hum.
tikntiii', tuV), Hhfit'p, hot.
if«)iu>i,//. hriKlitiKtMH, (irn; )>ower;
ili^iiily, fat tin.
it (hi, f/ft. a (lay of thn innon.
tUHhikri, m, ilin tmtiin of a tmo,
thoNpynm ^lutinoHii.
Hv, 1. rr, iivati ; tiliva; tivUA:
lHMM)ino fat, )m! fat.
(ul^ |0. rriir/ 1. ri. t.ohiyati ; atu-
hthit; t^thitt: lift \\\\
atuhii rM(/. \tiuM|\ialltMl.
ittlnyati, i/rMnm. woiglm.
(uh\|/! a lNUaiu't\
U\lya, rtf(/. 0(|Ual.
iulyatA.y* «M|uaU<y.
hi^ 4« ri, tMNvati ; tut^m ; UwtH ;
h^k^yati \ atunat : t^H*. t^v
tcMti^yi plea^ure^ gladueas.
ti'ir, 4. m. = tvar.
ti'irna, />. />. />. awift.
torana, n. a gate ; the onia-
meutal arch of a gateway.
tuKnim, a'lj. silently,
tnink, 1. a. grow,
tani^, nt. a tree,
tnna, n, graj».
tnp*, 4, 5, and 6. a. tnpyati, tnp-
noti, trii>ati ; tatarpa ; tar-
pita, tarpta, aiid trapta ; tar-
piHyati, tarpsyati, and traps-
yati;atni>at,an€&tarpit,atar[>-
sit, atrapsit ; tnpta : be satis-
fied, pleased: satisfy, please,
tns", 4. a.tnRyati ; tatarsa ; tarsita;
tnsitva, and tarsitva : tnsita :
thirst,
tns^, and tnsa, f. thirst,
tri", 1. a. tarati; tatai-a, (pi. te-
rns ;) taritii and tarita ; tans-
yati, and tarisyati: tiryat;
atiirit ; taritum aivd taritum ;
tirna : caus, tai'ayati : go
ovor, cross ; escape ; save,
pn»aorv(^ ; finish, conquer,
ava-, >»o down, ut- go up. vi-,
givo, grant ; conquer,
kii-tanv, miy weak, timid,
tarrts, ti. 8i)oetl, swiftness,
sa-ka-tara, <k(/. silly.
toya, II, ^Tit4^r.
tyi\), 1. rt. tyajati ; tatyaja ; tyak-
trt ; tvaksvati : atvaksit :
Kxavo ; givo up ; give.
tyHga*, w, the act of leaving
fttlMllW
ikri
4nia
uitlhaiia
nidki
minima
nihha
dhau
! aha
i pun
nnnitta
nimesa
niyoga
nirghosa
i ma
mis
ghus
VOCABULARY.
107
or giving ; liberality,
pantyaga, m, the act of forsak-
ing.
tras*, 1 and 4. a. tmsyati, and
tarsati ; tatrasa, {pL tatrasus,
and tresus;) trasita, trasis-
yati; atrasit and atrasit;
trasta : catis, trasayati ; ati-
trasat : tremble with fear ;
fear,
vitrasita, p, p. p, frightened
away,
tn', num. tliree.
trai, 1. m, tray ate; tatre; trata;
trasyate; atrasta; trana awcf
trata : save, deliver,
tvac, 6. a. tvacati; tatvaca; tva-
cita : cover,
tvac^, /, the skin; the bark o/
a tree.
tvam*, pron. thou.
tvat, pron. from thee : tised
as the root in compounds.
tvadiya, adj. thy.
tvar, 1. m. tvamte; tatvare; tva-
nta ; turna, and tvanta :
caiis. tvarayati ; atatvarat :
make haste,
tura-, in comp. swift.
tvara,y! haste, speed,
darns'^, 1. a, dasati ; dadamsa;
damsta ; dan-ksyati ; dasyat ;
adan-ksit:j9. dasyate; dasta:
bite,
damstra, /. a tusk.
damstnUy adj, tusked, having
tusks,
daksa', adj. apt, fit, skilful; up-
right, honourable,
daksina,^ adj. right, not left;
southern; civil, polite,
daksina, /. the south : a price
or reward to a priest or tutor,
daksya, n. skill, cleverness,
dand, 10. a. dandayati: punish,
danda, m, a rod, staff, sceptre :
punishment,
danda-dharana, n. })unishment.
dandin, adj, having a staff: m,
a mace-bearer, door-keeper,
dandya, adj that should be
punished; guilty.
Danu, /. a vnfe of Kasyapa^ and
the motlier of the Asurs,
Danava, m. ani/ one of the
A surs,
dam ', 4. damyati ; damitva, and
dantva ; damita, and danta :
tame, subdue,
dama, m. restraint, self-re-
straint,
day, 1. m, dayate ; dayancakre ;
dayita ; dayita : pity, love ;
guard ; give,
daya,/ pity,
dayita, p. p. p. beloved,
dasan*, 7ium. ten.
dasama, adj. tenth,
dah^*^, 1. a. dahati, 4. a, dahyati;
dadaha; dagdha; dhaksyati;
nirjana
jan
nirvisesa
•
SIS
•
nivesa
•
vis
nirjhara
Jhn
nirvriti
•
Vll
•
nivesana
•
99
nirmala
mal
nivarana
99
niSa
Si
nirmalya
>^
nivasa
vas
1
msakara
99
1 Tpcvai; Pets, tarsidan; Rue. try-
asti.
2 rpia, tna; Wei. and Rus. tn; Pers,
8ih.
' Pal. taca.
* Pers. tu ; av\ tu.
^ daKueiv ; Saxpv ; lacryma ; Go. tagr.
• de|ios; dexter.
^ Pal. dakkhina.
B Pal. damati'; Safiaeiu ; domare.
^ PaU dasa; Riu. desyat'; Per8»
dah; deica; decem; Go. taihun.
1® hai€iv.
108
VOCABULARY.
adhaksit ; dagdha : inflame,
burn, destroy : pass, be an-
noyed. 4. a, be on fire.
adahya, adj. incombustible.
' ahan, n, day.
ekahna, adv. in one day.
dava, and dava, m, heat, fire ;
a conflagration.
da\ 3. a. m. dadati, (dattas, da-
dati;) datte; dadate; pot,
dadyat, dadita ; imper. dehi,
datsva ; 1 pret, 3 pi, adus,
adadata; dadau, dade, and
dadade, dadadate, dadadire,
data ; dasyati, -te ; prec, de-
yat, dasista ; adat, adita,
adisata ; datva, -daya ; part,
pres. act, dadat, dadati : p,
diyate; dade; dayita, dayis-
yate; dayisista, adayi, (pi,
adayisata,) datta : catis, da-
payati, adidapat : des, dit-
sati, -te : give, a-, m, take.
-da, adj, -giving.
datta, p, p, p. given.
datri', m, a giver.
dana", n. a gift.
deya, adj, that may be given.
vyatta, adj, open,
dara, m. in pi, a wife.
daraka, m, a child.
sa-dara, adj, together with his
wife,
dasa, m, dasi,/. a servant.
dasatva, and dasya, n, servi-
tude.
Diti, and Aditi, wives of Kas-
yapa.
Aditya, m, any son of Aditi:
the sun.
Daitya, m, any son of Diti.
div, 4. a, divyati; dideva; devi-
ta; devisyati ; adevit; de-
vitva and dyutva; dyuta :
shine : play, jest ; play at
dice, gamble.
tndiva, n. the heaven of Indra.
div, / diva, n, the sky, heaven.
diva*, adv. by day.
diva-niSa, n, a day and night.
diva-ratra, n. id.
divya, adj, heavenly.
deva*, a>dj. shining : m. a god ;
a king.
devata, /, a goddess : divinity.
devatva, n, divinity.
devana, n, play, gaming.
deva-pati, m, the lord of the
gods.
devi, /, a goddess ; a queen.
daiva, n, fate, destiny.
dyuta, m, n, play ; gambling.
dyuti,y! brilliancy, beauty,
vidyut,/. Hghtning.
dis", 6. a, m. di§ati, -te; dideSa,
didise; desta; deksyati, -te;
adiksat, -ta : p. disyate ; dis-
ta'^: show; tell; command,
a-, teach; command, upa-,
teach, warn, nir-, desire ;
show, vi-nir-, desire ; show,
sam-, show, teach ; give.
uddeSa, m. a description; a
country.
upadesa, m. instruction ; ad-
vice.
niScaya
Cl
naipunya
pun
nyayya
1
msudana
•
sud
nyagrodha
anc
nyasa
as
nisvana
svan
nyabhra
ap
para
Pn
naipuna
pun
nyaya
1
parantapa
j>
1 Pers, dadan; dovvat; dare; Rus.
dat* and d&ykV,
2 dator.
* donum.
* dies.
' deus.
• det|ou, dicare, dicere; Go, teihan.
' Pal dittha.
VOCABULARY.
109
dig-vasas, adj. (having the sky
for his clothing,) naked.
dis,yi a direction, quarter; a
space, part ; a quarter of the
sky ; the sky.
disti,/. pleasure, happiness,
desa, m. a country; apart; an
ordinance.
vidis,y! an intermediate direc-
tion or point of the compass,
dih, 2. a, m. degdhi, digdhe;
dideha,didihe; degdha; dhek-
syati, -te; adhiksat, -ta, a-
digdha : anoint, daub, pol-
lute,
deha, m, n, the body,
sandeha, m. doubt,
di, 4. m. diyate ; didiye ; data ;
dasyate ; adasta; dina : de-
cay, waste away,
dina, p, p, p, decayed, poor,
timid,
adina, adj. fearless,
dip, 4. m, dipyate; didipa; di-
pita; dipisyate; adipi, and
adipista; dipta*: burn, be on
fire; shine,
dundubhi, m. a drum,
dul, 10. a. throw.
dola, m. dola, /. a swing,
dus, 4. a, dusyati; dudosa; dosta;
doksyati ; adusat, and aduk-
sat; dusta: sin; be stained
by guilt,
dosa, m. sin.
dus-',jt?ar^. iTwep. badly, ill, evil,
duh", 2. a. m, dogdhi, dugdhe;
dudoha, duduhe ; dogdha ;
dhoksyati, -te ; adhuksat, -ta,
and adugdha : p. duhyate,
adohi : milk ; press out ; ob-
tain,
kama-duh, f. Indra's cow that
yields every wish,
duhitn*, f. (the milker of the
domestic animals^ a daugh-
ter.
duta, m. diiti, f. a messenger,
dautya, n. the office of a mes-
senger ; a messaga
dura, adj. distant.
dns*, a. pasyati; dadarsa (dadarsi-
tha, and dadrastha;) di'asta;
draksyati ; adarsat, and a-
draksit, drastum; per/, part
dadnsvas, and dadnSivas :
p. dnsyate; dadnse ; darsita,
and drasta; darsisyate and
draksyate, dardisista, and
draksista : adarsi, adarsisata,
and adraksata ; dnsta : sec.
• / • • •
prati-, look back,
idns, adj. of this kind,
tadris, adj. of that kind,
darsana®, n. the act of seeing;
sight ; purpose ; a miiTor :
a kind, sort,
darsm, adj. seeing.
dnS, adj. seeing : f, the sight.
dnSya, adj. that can or should
be seen; beautiful,
dristi, f. the sight,
sadris^, and sadrisa, adj, of the
same kind; like,
su-sadnsa, adj. very like:
dnh, 1. a. darhati, dadarha, dar-
parasparatas
para
parakrama
paran-mukha
pn
»
kram
ac
parao
parayana
parigha
paricarya
ac
1
han
car
pancara
parichada
parinistha
pandhana
car
chad
&tha
dha
1 Pal. ditta.
2 8u$-; Pers. dus.
' Rii8. doit*.
* Rus. doc', -eri; Pen. duxtar; $v-
yaTTjp'y Go. dauhtar.
' SepKCffdat.
^ Pal. dassana.
7 Pal. sadis.
15
no
VOCABUUIBT.
hita; darhita, and dndha:
grow,
dirgha', adj. long, in space or
time.
dndha, p. p. p. grown; strong,
druma ', n. a tree.
dri*y 9. a. diinati; dadara, (pi.
dadams, and dadrus;) danta
and darita; dansyati and
darisyati ; adarit : p. diryate,
dirna : split, break, tear,
dara, m. n. dari,^! a cavern,
daruna, adj. frightful,
sudaruna, adj. very frightful
dev, 1. m. devate; dideve; de-
vita : lament, pan-, id.
do, 4. a. cut asunder.
daman, n. and/i also damani,
a cord,
sudaman, m. a cloud.
8audamini,y! lightning,
dm*, 1. a. dravati; dudrava, (du-
dmma, dudrotha ;) drota ;
drosyati ; adudruvat : run.
dravya, and dravina, n. wealth,
druta, adj. quick,
druh, 4. a. m. injure.
droha, m. injury,
drai, 1. a. sleep.
nidra,y. sleep,
dvar*,^ dvara, n. a door, gate,
dvara-stha, m. a door-keeper,
dvi", num. two.
dva-para, adj. (after two ;) the
third age of the world,
dvitiya^, adj. second,
dvidha, adv. twofold ; twice.
V1-, an insep. prefix^ denoting
either variety or separation.
vimsa, adj. twentieth.
viinsati',yi num. twenty.
Vina, prp, w. ac. or inst. with-
out, except,
dvis, 2. a. m. dvesti, dviste ; 1
pret. advet, (pi. advisus, and
advisan;) advista; didvesa,
didvise; dvesta; dveksyati,
-te ; adviksat, -ta ; dvista :
hate.
dvesana, n. hatred.
vidvesana, n. id.
dhan, 1. a. dhanati: sound, dhan,
3. a. dadhanti : bear fruit
dhana, n. wealth.
dhanin, adj. wealthy.
dhan us, n. a b6w.
dhanvin, m. a bowman.
nidhana, m. death. See han.
dhava, m. a husband; a kind
of tree, gnslea toment6sa.
dha', 3. a. m. dadhati, (dhattas,
dadhati,) dhatte, (dadbate,);
pot. dadhyat, dadluta, imper.
dhehi, dhatsva; 1 pret. ada-
dhus, adadhata ; dadhau, da-
dhe; dhata; dhasyati, -te;
prec. dheyat, dhasista ; adh-
at, adhita, adhisata; hitva,
-dhaya, part. axit. dadhat : p.
dhiyate ; dadhe ; dhayit4 :
dhapsyate; dhayisista; adh-
ayi, adhayisata ; hita : place ;
give : m,. take, hold, antar-,
m. place between: pass, dis-
pandhvamsa
panvatsaiu
panvartin
pansad
dhvams
vatsa
vnt
sad
panhasa
pariksa
parivara
paroksa
has
aks
vn
aks
paryaya
1
parvata
pn
palvala
pill
paT^na
pu
1 Pal. digha; Zoyaxof'i Bus. dolgo.
' Pal. duma.
' Pal. darati; Pers. daridan; Bus,
drat* ; Go. tairan.
* Spca^ai.
' Pers. dar; 0upa; Go. daur; Bus.
dver*.
« Pers. du; 8vo; duo; Wei. d&n; Go.
tvai ; Bus. dva.
' Pal. dutiya; Bus. vtoro.
^ Pers. bist; eiKoat; viginti
' 0€ipau, -dere.
i
VOCABULARY.
Ill
appear, abhi-, set before, nar-
rate, a-, apply, give, samj^,
apply, attend, vi-, arrange.
ahitsky adj. attentive, diligent.
tatha-Yidha, adj. of that kind.
>dlia, forms adverbs of arrange-
ment ; as dvi-dha, in two
"Ways.
dhatu, m. a mineral; metal:
the root of a verb.
dhatn, m. the arranger, creator.
dhatri, /[ a nurse.
nidhi, 7?i. a treasury.
paridhana, n. an inner gar-
ment.
vidha, m. vidha,y! a kind, sort :
nature, character.
vidhana, n, a rule, manner.
vidhi, w. rule ; fate.
vidhivat, adv, according to rule.
vividha, adj, various.
sannidhi,^ presence.
samahita, adj, attentive, dili-
gent.
susamahita, adj. very attentive.
hita, p, p. p. placed; good: n.
happiness,
dhav*, 1. a. 971. dhavati, -te; dadh-
ava, -ve; dhavita; dhavis-
yati, -te; adhavit, adha vista;
dhavitva and dhautva : cav^.
dhavayati; adidhavat: run;
wash.
dhavana, n. the act of washing.
dhu, 5. and 9. a. m» and 6. »•
dhunoti, dhunati, dhuvati,
dhunute, dhunite; dudhava,
dudhuve; dhavita, and dho-
ta. ; dhavisyati, -te, and dhos-
yati, -te; adhavit, adhuvit;
adhavista, adhosta : p. dhu-
yate ; dhuta, and dhuna :
shake.
dhuma^, m. smoke,
dhn, 1. a. m. dbarati, -te; da-
dhara, dadhi*e; dharta; dha*
nsyati, -te; adharsit, adhrita :
p. dhnyate, adhrita; dhrita :
hold ; keep back ; support,
nourish ; place : pass, he,
live»
-dhara', adj. -holding.
dharani, and dhara,/! the earth.
dharma^ m. justice, duty, fit-
ness : the god Tama.
dharma-jna, and dharma-vid,
ctdj, knowing what is fit,
wise in duty.
dharmya, adj. lawful.
dharana, n. the act of holding
or carrying.
dhira, adj. firm; sensible, se-
date.
dhnti*,y! dhairya, n. firmness,
constancy.
dhairya, n. firmness, strength,
dhns' 5. a. dhnsnoti; dadharsa;
dharsita; dharsisyati; ad-
harsit; dhnsta : dare, be bold.
10 and 1. a. dharsayati,
and dharsati : conquer; op-
press.
ati-dur-dharsa, adj. very hard
to conquer.
dur-dharsa, adj. hard to con-
quer.
paSyati
dns
•
parthiva
prath
paumamasa
maa
para
pn
pavaka
pu
prakara
kn
•
paraga
»9
pina
pyai
prakaSa
kad
parisada
sad
pumamasa
mas
praknti
kn
•
^ Per 8. davidan; $e€ty.
' fumus.
• Pal. darati.
^ Pal. dhaxmna.
» Pal. dhiti.
^ $apff€iv ; Go. gadaorsan; Bm. dera-
nut'.
112
VOCABULARY.
dharsa, m. piide, arrogance,
dhma, 1. a. dhamati; dadhmau;
dhmata ; dhmasyati ; dhma-
yat, and dhmeyat; adhma-
sit: p. dhmayate; adhmayi;
dhmata : blow,
dhyai, 1. a. dhyayati; dadhyau;
dhyata ; dhyasyati ; dhya-
yat, and dhyeyat ; adhyasit;
dhyata : think; meditate.
adhi, ni, thought, anxiety.
dhi,y! thought, mind, intellect.
dhimat, adj. having intellect,
wise.
dhyana, n. meditation, thought.
dhyana-para, adj. full of
thought.
sandhya,/ meditation; prayer
at sunrise and sunset: the
twilight,
dhru, 1 and 6. a. dhravati, dhni-
vati; diidhmva; dhrota, and
dhruvita; dhrosyati, and
dhruvisyati; adhrausit, and
adhruvit : be fixed, firm.
dhruva*, adj. fixed, firm, cer-
tain,
dhvams, 1. m. dhvamsate; dadh-
vamse: dhvamsita: dhvam-
Bisyate; adhvamsista, and
adhvasta : p. dlirasyate,
dhvaSta: fall; go.
dhvamsa, m. the act of falling ;
ruin.
paridhvamsa, m. id. the act of
wandering,
dhvaj, 1. a, go ; move one's self
dhvaja, m. a standard, banner.
na', adv. not ; used both separately,
and as a prefix,
nakta.
naktam', adv. by night,
naksatra, n. a star; a constella-
tion,
naj, 1. a. be ashamed.
nagna*, p. p. p. ashamed ; naked,
nud, 1. a. nadati; nanada; ana-
dit, and anadit; nadisyati;
naditum : sound, make a
noise. pra , make a great
noise,
nada, m. nadi,y! a river,
nada, m. a sound,
nadm, adj. sounding,
nand, 1. a. nandati; nananda ;
anandit; nandisyati; nandi-
tum : rejoice, be glad,
nanda, m. naiidi,^! happiness,
-nandana, adj. -delighting, caus-
ing happiness : m. a son./,
a daughter,
nandin, adj. happy,
nam, 1. a.m. namati, -te; nanama;
namsyati; anamsit, -sata :
nantum; natva; namya, an^
natya: p. namyate, nata:
bend, bow; bow one's self;
bow with reverence to, w,
dat. g. or ac. of person,
pra-, id. salute by bowing,
namas, indec. the act of bowing ;
salutation,
namas-kara, m. id,
naraka, m. n. hell,
nala, m. a reed,
navan*, num. nine.
prakopa
praksalana
prakhya
pranaya
pranaym
pratipad
pratipana
pratibhaya
ni
pad
pan
bhi*
pratima
prativacas
prativakya
pratyaksa
ma
vac
»»
aks
^ Pal. dhuva.
' vvKToz\ noctu; Go. nahts.
* Pal. nagga; Rus. nago; Go. na-
qaths.
' Pal, nava; Pers, nuh; ei^i^ea; no-
vem; Wei. naw; Go. man.
VOCABULARY.
113
navama, adj, ninth,
nas*, 4. a. nasyati; nanasa; ana-
sat; nasisyati, awG^ naksyati ;
nasitum, and nastum : nasta :
nastva, and namstva : perish,
die.
anasin, adj, imperishable,
nasta, p. p. p, lost,
nasta-sanjna, adj, having lost
his understanding.
nasH, m, death, destruction,
nasana, n. id,
nah, 4. a. m. nahjati, -te ; nana-
ha^ nehe; anatsit, anaddha;
natsyati,-te; naddhum; nad-
dha : bind, fasten together.
naddha',jo.jt?.jo. bound,
nana-, various-,
ni-, prp. insep, down.
nitya^, adj, continual: n. adv.
continually,
nityasas, adv, continually,
uica, adj. low.
nind, 1. a, nindati; nininda; nm-
ditum : blame, despise.
Nisadha, name of a people in
India.
Naisadha, adj. belonging to the
Nisadhah.
nis-, prp. insep. out; without,
ni, \. a, m. nayati, -te; anayat,
-ta; nayatu, -tam; nayet, -ta;
ninaya, niny e; anaisit, anesta;
netum : p, niyate ; anayi,
nita : lead ; bring ; spend time :
m. instruct, pra-, bring for-
ward; offer; favour, cherish,
anatha, and anathavat, adj,
having no protector.
anayana, n. the act of bringing.
naya, m. the act of leading, or
guiding.
nayana, n. guidance; an eye:
f. the pupil of an eye.
natha, m. a protector, master,
lord.
nathavat, adj. having a pro-
tector.
nirnathata,/. unprotectedness.
netra*, n. an eye.
pranaya, m. affection; esteem.
pranaym, adj. loving, affection-
ate.
vmaya, m. submissiveness, mo-
desty.
vinita, adj. submissive.
sena,y! an army,
nu, a particle usually denoting
douhty and sometimes being
interrogative.
nanu, an interrogative with a
negation, nonnel
nunam, adv. surely,
nri *, and nara, m. a man.
ann-samsa, adj. harmless to
men, harmless.
annsamsya, n. harmlessness.
nara- vara, m. best of men.
nari,y. a woman.
nn-pa, and nn-pati, m. a lord
of men, a king.
nri-samsa, adj. injurious to men,
mischievous,
pams, and pams, 10. a. destroy.
pamSu, w. dust,
paksa®, m, a side: n. a wing.
paksm, adj. winged : m. a bird.
paksman, n. hair; an eye-lash.
pratyac
prathama
prabba
prabhava
ac
pri
bha
bhu
prabhu
prabhnti
pramada
pramana
bhu
bhri
mad
ma
pramathin
pramukha
pralapa
pralapin
^ pcKoos, v€KvSf nec&ro.
2 nodus.
* PaU nicoa.
* Pal. mtta.
* Pal. pakkha.
math
mukha
lap
n
114
VOCABULART.
pan-ka, vi. n. mud.
pan*ka-ja, m. a lotus,
pancan^ num, five. •
pancama, ac(;. fifth,
pat, 1. a, patati; papata; patita :
go. 1 0. a. patayati : surround ;
clothe, patayati : cleave, split,
pata, 7/1. cloth ; a garment,
pan, 1. m, panate; pene; panita;
panisyate ; apanista : play at
a game ; make a bargain,
pana', m. a game; a price; a
stake,
pana, m. a game,
pani, m. a hand,
pratipana, m. a counter-stake in
a game,
banij, m. a merchant,
pand, 1. m, go. 10. a. collect
panda, yl wisdom,
pandita, adj, learned^
pandu, adj» pale,
pat", 1. a. patati; papata; patita;
patisyati; apaptat; patita:
fall ; fly. ut-, rise up; fly up.
mpatin, okHj, causiug to isJl
down,
patatra, pattra^, and patra, n,
a wing; a leaf,
patatnn, adj. winged : a bird.
pataka,y! a standard, banner,
pataka, n. sin; crime,
sata-patra, n, (hundred-leaved,)
the lotus,
path, 1. a, pathati, papatha, apa-
thit : go.
-patha*, m. a way; country.
pathm, m, a way.
pad, 4. m. padyate ; pede ; patta ;
patdyate ; apadi ; pp.p* panna :
go. ut-, arise, come into
being, upar, go near, prati-,
come back, get»
apad,y! a calamity.
upapanna, p.p.p. endowed toith,
dvi-pad, m» (a biped,) a man.
pad^ m. a foot.
|)ada, m. a foot; step; section ;
place; country.
padati, m. a foot-soldier.
pan-na-ga, m, (not going with
feet,) a serpent.
pada, m. a foot; the root of a
tree.
pada-pa, m, (drinking at foot,)
a tree.
pratipad,/. the first or fifteenth
day of the moon.
sampad, /, completeness ; hap-
piness, good fortuna
padma, th. n. a lotus : the number
10^^
padmini,y! a lake full of lotuses,
pan-^, prp. insep. around; very,
parna, n, a leaf,
pallava, m, n, a bud, shoot,
pas, 10. a. pasayati : bind.
paSu®, m. a domesticated ani-
mal; cattle.
paSa, m. a cord.
pasava, adj. belonging to cattle,
paica*, used only in abl, paScat^
praSakhika
Sakh
prasan-ga
sanj
prasravana
sru
pravara
vri
•
prasanna
sad
prak
ac
pravada
vad
prasada
19
prac
»
praSnya
sn
prasuta
BU
pranjali
anj
^ Pers, pan]; WeU pmnp; Bus,
pyast*; vevre; qomque; Go, fimf.
8 pignus.
' Pers, uft&dan; TtirretF; Bus, p&-
dat\
* Pal. paita; Pers, par; vrepoif ;
Rus, perd.
• Rus. put*.
• Pers, p&; iro^cj; p^es; Go, fotan,
' irepi,
B Tdtv; pecns; Go. faihn.
• Pers. pas; Pal. pecca.
VOCABULARY.
115
adv, behind; back; after-
wards; westward.
pascima, adj, sup. hindmost;
last; western.
apaScima, adj, last of all.
pa, 2. a. pati; papau; pata; pas-
yati; payat; apasit: p. pa-
yate; apayi; pata : defend,
guard: cauaat and 10. a,
palayati.
pa*, 1. a, pivati; papau; pata;
pasyati; peyat; apat; pitva:
p. piyate, apayi, pita : drink.
adhipa^m. chief guai'dian, ruler;
king.
adhipati, m. id,
adhipatya, n, sovereignty.
dvi-pa, m, (twice-drinking,) an
elephant.
nn-pa, and nn-pati, m, (lord of
men,) a king.
-pa, adj, -guarding, -drinking.
pati", m, a lord, husband.
patitva, n, the rank of hus-
band.
patni^,y! a lady, wife.
payas*, m, drink; water; milk.
payo-dhara, m. (drink-holder,)
a cloud; a breast.
pana, n, drink.
paniya, n, water.
pala, m, a guardian, ruler, king.
palana, n, guardianship, pro-
tection.
pita-maha, m. a grandfather.
pitn*, m, a father: dudf>, pa-
rents: pi, ancestors.
pipasa, f, (a wish to drink,)
thirst,
bhumi-pa, m, (earth-guarding,)
a king,
sa-patna, adj, (having the same
husband, ) rival,
papa, adj, sinful: n. sin.
parsva, m, n, a side oftJie body.
piplu, m. a mark, spot, mole,
pisaca, m. pisaci. f, a malevolent
demon,
pid, 10. a. pidayati; apipidat, and
apipidat. press; oppress; an-
noy, abhi-, annoy,
apida, m. a chaplet, wreath.
pida,y! pressure; torture,
pums^, m. a man; a male.
pun-naga, m. a male elephant;
a lotus; a certain tree, rotr
tleria tmctona.
pun, 6. a. punati : act honourably ;
be good,
nipuna, adj, fit, skilful,
naipuna, and naipunya, n, fit-
ness; skill,
puny a ^, adj, pure, just, good,
fair: n, virtue,
punyavat, adj. virtuous,
puny^-ahan, m. a holy day.
puny*-aha-vacana, n. a sum-
mons to a holy day.
Punya-sloka, tii, (pure-verse,)
an epithet of Naia.
putra®, m, a son.
putraka, m. id,
putnka,/. a daughter,
putrm, adj, having children.
prana
an
praya
1
banij
pan
pranayatra
>>
prasada
sad
bahu
vah
praptakala
ap
presya
is
•
bhuyas
bamh
•
prajna
jna
presyata
>)
mat
ah
^ irtety; bibere; Bus, pit'.
' vvrvM,
* Ru8. pivo.
• Pert, pidar; iraTtip; pater; Go.
pi, fadrein.
^ homo; Go, gtuna.
' Pa2. ponna.
8 Pal. putta; Pen, pisar.
116
VCK'ABUrjlRY.
pautra, m. a grandson,
puuar, adc. again,
pur, 6. a, precede.
puras, adv. before, in front.
pura, adv, formerly; in old
time.
purana, adj. ancient.
puratana, adj. id.
purogama, adj. going before.
purva*, adj. former; old; east-
em.
purvatas, adv. eastward,
pul, 1 a}id 6. a. polati, pulati;
pupola; polita: be or become
great. 10. a. jwlayati; apu-
pulat: heap together; be high
or great.
pula, adj. great: m. the rising
of the hair, /ram emotion.
vipnla, adj. large,
pus, 1, 9, 10. a. posati, pusnati,
posajati, pusyati ; puposa ;
posita, posta; posisyati, pok-
syati; aposit, apusat : nou-
rish; 4. a. nouiish; enjoy.
puskala, adj. plenteous.
pusta, p. p. p. nourished, fed.
puspa*, n. SL flower.
puspa-bhan-ga, ttz. a festoon of
flowers.
puspa-viisti, y. SL shower of
flowers,
pu, 9. a. m. 1. m. punati, punite,
pavate; pupava, pupuve; pa-
vita; pavisyati, -te; apavit,
apa vista; putva, and pavi-
tva : p. puyate; piita, and
pa vita : purify.
])avana, m. wind.
pavaka, m. fire.
puj, 10. a. pujayati, apupujat :
honour; worship.
puja, /. honour, worship, re-
spect,
pri, (pur, par,) 3 and 9. a. piparti,
pnnati ; papara, {pL paparus,
and paprus;) panta, and pa-
rita; pansyati, and parisya-
ti; purvat; aparit: p. and
rpfl. puryate; apiin, and
apunsta; purta, punta and
purna : filL
antah-pura, n, (inner-city) a
palace; the apartments for
females.
apara, adj. other.
apare-dy us, a</t7. on the morrow.
para, adj. other; more distant:
an enemy; chief: -ful.
paran-tapa, adj. that annoys
the enemy.
para-puran-jaya, m. a conqueror
of the city of the enemy.
parama, adj. farthest, highest,
best.
para-vira-han, m. a slayer of a
hero of the enemy.
paras-para, adj. each other.
pai*as-paratas, adv. from each
other.
parasva, n. what belongs to an
other.
para-,trwep. partic. far; behind.
parvata, m. a mountain.
para®, m. the farther side.
para-ga, adj. going to the far-
ther side ; reading through.
pura*, n. puri,yi a city.
puru, adj. much; many: m. a
king so named.
marana
mri
mahanasa
an i
mas
ma
martya
99
mahabahu
vah !
masa
» .
mardana
mnd
•
mahabhuja
bhuj :
murti
mn
•
marsa
•
mris
• •
1 maciratn
ci 1
murtimat
99
^ Pal. pabba.
' Pal. puppha.
' Pen. par.
* ToXtt.
VOCABULARY.
117
purusa*, m. a man, person; the
mind, souL
purna*, p. p, p. full
paura, and panrajana, m. a
citizen,
paurajanapada, m. pi, country
people,
pra-', prp. insep. forward,
prati, j9rp. ins^. cmd aep. w, ace,
towards; opposite; against;
again,
prathama, adj, first,
pns, 1. a. sprinkle,
pnsta, 71, back.
pnstatas, adv, behind,
pyai, 1. m, pyayate; papye, a/nd
pipye; pyata, amd pyayita;
pyasyate, and pyayisyate ;
apyasta, and apyayista, ap-
yayi; part, pyana, and pina:
grow; become fat.
pina^, adj, fat, plump,
prach', 6. a, pncchati; papraccha;
prasta; praksyati;- apraksit;
prist va; pnsta : ask, inquire.
pan-, ask particularly,
prath', 1. m, prathate; paprathe;
prathita: be stretched out;
be increased; be praised,
parthiva, adj, earthly : m, (lord
of the land,) a king.
pnthivi,y! the earth,
pnthu^, adj, large, wide, broad,
protha, m, n, the nose of an ani-
mal,
pri*, 9. and 1. a, m. prinati, pri-
nite, prayati, -te; pipraya,
pipnye; pret4; presyati, -te;
apraisit, apresta: love,
pnya', adj, beloved; pleasing;
loving.
priti,y! love, pleasure,
vipnya, adj, displeasing,
plaksa, m, the holy fig-tree, f icus
religi6sa.
plu^*, 1. m, plavate; pupluve; plo-
ta; plosyate; aplosta, pi,
aplodhvam : swim ; go by
ship,
palvala, n. a pooL
phal, 1. a, phaiati; paphala, (pi,
phelus;) phahta; phalisyati;
aphalit; phahta: bear fruit,
phala, n. fruit,
phalavat, adj, fruitful,
sa-phala, adj, id.
bamh, bah, varah, and vah, m,
bamhate: babamhe; bamhi-
ta: grow,
bahu, adj, much,
bahutitha, adj, ordinaly many-
eth, of time,
bahudha, adv, in many ways,
bahula, adj, much,
bahu-vidha, adj, of many kinds,
bhuyas, adj, comp, more,
bhuyistha, adj, sup, most,
bandh, 9. a, badhnati; babandha;
banddha ; bhantsyati ; abhant-
sit: p, badhyate; baddha;
abadhi : bind,
pratibandha, n, a hindrance.
meya
mna
ma
man
yatharham
ratha
arh
n
vayam
vadh
ah
vn
yacchati
yata
yam
9>
rathm
rathopastha
vara
varana
•
•
i7
^ Pal. pansa.
' Pers, pur; irXeos; plenas; Bus,
>lno.
polno
' Pal, pa
' Pal, pucchati; Pen, pursidan;
Ru8, prosit'; poscere.
^ Pal. puthati.
' vXarvi.
' 4>i\€€Lv; Go. frijon.
• Pal piya; <pi\oi.
w rXectF; Bus. plutV
16
118
Vocabulary.
prabandha, m, perseverance,
continuance.
bandha^, m. a bond.
bandhana, n, the act of bind-
ing; a bond.
bandhu, m, a relative, friend.
bandhu-varga, m. the whole
body of his relatives.
sa-bandhin, m, a kinsman,
bala', n, strength; an army: a
demon kiUed by Indra,
balavat, adj, strong.
Bala-Yntra-han, m. the slayer
of Bala and Vntra.
balm, adj. strong.
bala, adj, young: a young per-
son.
balaka, tn. a boy.
bala-bhava, m. childhood, youth.
balya, n. id,
badh, and vadh, 1. m, badhate;
babadhe ; badhita ; badhis-
yate; abadhista: force; strike,
kill; annoy.
abadha,y. annoyance, vexation.
badhya, adj, worthy of death.
badha,y! hindrance,
budh", 1. a, m, 4. m. bodhati, -te;
budhyate; bubodha; bubu-
dhe; bodhita, and boddha;
bodhisyati, -te, and bhotsya-
te; abudhat, abodhit, abud-
dha; buddha: know; per-
ceive; think. 4. awake, be-
come conscious, ni-, attend.
dur-buddhi, adj, having a fool-
ish mind; evil-minded.
buddhi, f, the mind, under-
standing; a purpose, plan.
budha, adj. wise.
vibudha, m, (very wise,) a god.
su-dur-buddhi, adj. having a
very fooUsh mind,
brahman, m, the god Brahma: a
brahman.
brahmanya, adj, pious.
brahmarsi, m, a divine saint.
brahmanVa, m. a brahman,
bru, 2. a, m, braviti, brute ; abra*
vit : say. prati-, answer,
bhaks, \, a,.m. 10. a, eat.
bhaksya, adj, eatable : n» food.
bhiks, 1. m, beg.
bhiksa,y! alms.
bhiksu, m, a beggar.
bhaiksya, n, mendicity,
bhaj, 1. a, m, bhajati, -te; ba-
bhaja, bheje; bhakta; bhak-
syati, -te; abhak8it,abhakta;
bhakta: cherish, love; ob-
tain, have,
bhanj^, 7. a. bhanakti; babhan-
ja ; bhan*kta ; bhan^ksyati;
abhan>ksit; bhan-ktva, and
bhaktva: p, bhajyate; abha-
ji; bhagna: break.
bhakti*,y! attachment, love.
bhaga, m. a share; good for-
tune.
bhagavat, adj, holy; divine.
bhan*ga, m. breaking, crush-
ing.
bhaga = bhaga.
bhaga-dheya, m, an heir: n.
fate, lot.
bhagin, adj, one who shares; a
co-heir: m, a brother: f. a
sister.
van
vn
•
vikara
kn
vicara
car
VI
dvi
vikosa
kus
vicarana
7>
vimsa
99
vikrama
kram
vicitra
CI
vikata
•
kat
•
vighnan
han
vijana
jan
* PeT$, band; Go, bmdan.
dit\
• valere.
^ i^^ai ; frangere ; Go, bnkan.
» Pal. bujjhati
; irv$ta$c
u; JRta. bu-
J
» Pal bh
atti.
VOCABULARY.
119
bhagya, n. fate, lot; good for-
tune.
su-bhaga, adj, happy, fortu-
nate.
saubhagja, n, happiness; good
fortune,
bhand, 1. m, bhandate: be happy,
prosperous.
bhadra^, adj, happy, prosper-
ous, excellent: n. happiness,
prosperity,
bha', 2. a. bhati; babhau; bhata;
bhasyati; bhayat; abhasit:
p. impera. bhayate : shine,
bhas, 1. m. CL id,
abha,yi brightness; likeness.
na-bhas", n, (not-shining, a
cloud;) the sky.
-nibha, cidj, like.
prabha,/ brightness.
-bha, ddj. -shining.
bhavin, <idj\ bright; beautiful;
excellent.
vibha,yi brightness.
vibhavasu, m. the sun: fire.
vibhasu, m. fira
san-nibha, adj, like.
6abha,yi an assembly; a house;
a cottage,
bhas^, 1. m, bhasate'; babhase;
bhasita: speak, abhi-, and
Br, speak to. pra-, speak,
prati-, answer.
abhibhasin, adj, speaking to.
bhasm, adj, speaking.
su-bhasita, adj, speaking well,
bhisaj, m. a physician.
bhesaja, n, a medicine,
bhi", 3. a, bibheti, (du, bibhitas,
and bibhitas ;) bibhaya, and
bibhayancakara; bheta; bhes-
yati; abhaisit: p. bhiyate;
bhita: fear.
pratibhaya, adj. frightful.
bhaya^, n. fear.
bhaya-kartri,m. one that causes
fear,
bhayan-kara, adj, id.
bhay'-arbadha, adj, not dis-
turbed by fear.
bhay'-arta, adj. afflicted by
fear.
bhita, p, p. p, afraid.
bhima, culj, formidable: name
of a king,
bhima-parakrama, adj. having
formidable power.
bhiru, adj, timid.
Bhaima, adj, belonging to Bhi-
ma: f. the daughter of Bhi-
ma.
vibhitaka, m. the name of a
pUmty belenca terminaha.
bhuj °, 6. a, 7. a. m. bhujati, bhunak-
ti, bhun*kte; bubhoja,bubhu-
je; bhokta; bhoksyati, -te;
abhauksit, abhukta; bhugna,
curved, bhukta, eaten, bend,
curve. 7. a. m. enjoy, eat.
bhuja, m. the arm; an ele-
phant's trunk.
bhuja-ga, amd bhujan-gama,r/».
a serpent.
bhujisya, m. a servant.
vijna
jna
vidvesana
dvis
vidhivat
dha
vitmiira
tarn
vidha
dha
vinaya
ni
vidiS
dig
vidhana
)>
Vina
dvi
vidyut
div
vidhi
»
viparyaya
1
1 Pal. bhadda.
' tpaeiy.
* nub^; Bus. nebo; WeL net
" Pal, bhasati.
' 4>ofios,
^ Pert, b&zu ; Go, biagan.
i
120
VOCABULARY.
bhoga, m. enjoyment; food: a
serpent.
bhogavat, <idj. full of serpents :
/. the world of serpents.
bhojana, n. the act of eating;
fi>od.
bhojaniva, adj, that may be
eaten: n. food.
maha-bhuja, ck(;. great-armed,
bhu ^ 1 . a. bhavati ; babhu va, ( pL
babhuvus;) bhaTita; bhavis-
yati; bhuyat; abhut, (pL
abhuvan;) bhuta: be. ana-,
be present at. pra-, be over,
be powerful
adbhuta, adj. (far atibhuta,)
preternatural; wonderful.
prabhava', m. superiority,
power.
prabhu', fik a superior, chie£
prabhuta, ck(A abundant.
bhava, m. being, origin.
bhavat^ (1) part. pres. {tu>m. m.
bhavan,) being. (2) €»dj.
{notn. fik bhavan,) thou, a
ttard of respwiy %$sed wUk
the third person i>fper{fs.
bhavana, n. a house, palace.
bhava, m. being; a state, na-
ture; the mind.
bhuTana, n. the worid.
bhu, / the earth.
bhuta, paU p. haying beoi: n.
a being.
bhu-tala, n. the tnihcB of the
earth.
bhumi\^ the earth; a place.
bhumi-pa, m. a king.
bhumi-stha, adj, standing on
the ground.
vibhu, nk = prabhn.
vibhuti, /, superiority, power,
majesty.
bhun, in comp. much,
bhus*, 1 and 10. bhusati: bhusa-
yati; bubhusa; bhusita: a-
dom.
bhusana, n. an ornament,
bhn*, 1. and 3. a. fik bharati, -te,
bibharti, bibhnte; babhara,
(dtk babhnya,) and bibharan>
cakara, babhre, and bibha-
rancakre; bharta; bhansya-
ti, -te; bhnyat, bhnsista;
abharsit, abhnta: p. bhn-
yate, bhnta : bear, brings
support, feed, maintain, k-,
wear, ni-^ hide.
abharana, n. an ornament.
prabhnti, adv. foUawing the
abl. after, forward in time.
bharana, n. support
bhartn', m. (he that saj^ports^)
a husband; l<Hrd.
bharya, adj. that must be sap-
ported:/ a wife.
-bhnt, €uij. -carrying.
bhriti,yi wage&
sa-bharya, adj. with kU wife.
sambhiura, m. wealth.
bhnSa, €uij. much,
bho, and bhos, inter, ho ! Mted t»
a retpect/ul addresg.
bhram^ 4t. a. and 1. ai. Uirasyati,
T^pola
Tipma
Tupnya
yuNidha
pal !
vep I
pri i
badh
Tibha
TibhaTasa
Tibhita
Tibhitaka
bha
bhi
Tibhu
Tlbhutl
TibJiranta
umana
bhu
*»
bhram
ma
<PliiLiahhlnL
ftnase; WeL \
s Pol. bhnsaiz.
fare; GeL
«/im
VOCABULARY.
121
bhramSate; babbramSa, -de;
bhramsita ; bhramsisyati,
•te; abhraSat, abhramsista;
bhramSitva, and bhrastva:
bhrasta,ya^^n.* fieill.
bhram^, 1. and 4. a, bhramati,
bhramyati, and bhramyati;
babhrama, {pi. babhramus,
and bhremus ;) bhramita j
bhramisyati; abhramit ; bhra-
mitva, cmd bhrantva; bhran-
ta : wander.
Tibbranta, P'P'P» confused,
disturbed.
sambhranta, id.
bhraj, 1. m. bhrajate; babhraje,
and bhreje; bhrajita; bbra-
jisyate; abhrajisfca ; diine.
bbratn*, m. a brother.
hhiu^ff. the brow.
subhru, adj. having beautiful
brows,
mamh, 1. m. grow,
man-g, 1. a. go; move one's sel£
man-gala, adj. happy 3 healthful :
n. good fortune,
mah, 1. a. honour, worship.
magha, m. happiness.
Maghavat, m. Indra.
mahat, adj. great: in camp.
maha-.
mahisa, m. a buffalo.
mahiai,/. a she buffalo; a queen.
mahi,y! the earth.
mahi-ksit, adj. earth-ruling.
mahi-dhara, adj. earth-holding :
m. a mountain.
mahi-pala, adj. earth-guarding.
mahi-bhnt, adj. earth>bearing.
mah-endra, m. a great chief
majj^, 6. a. majjati: mamajja, (2.
8. mamajjitha, and maman-k-
tha;) maU'ktaj man*ksyati;
aman-ksit ; man*ktva one?
maktva : p. p. p. magna : sink,
be drowned.
magna, p. p. p. sunk,
mam, m./. a. jeweL
Mani-bhadra, m. (happy in
jewels,) the god of riches,
mand, 1. m. mandate: clothe: dis-
tribute. 1 and 10. a. man-
dati: mamanda: mandita:
mandita: mandayati, ama-
mandat : adorn.
manda^, m. an ornament.
mandana, n. id,
mandala, m. n, & circle; a cir-
cuit,
math, and manth, 1 and 9. a.
mathati; mamatha; amathit :
manthati, and mathnati;
mamantha; manthita; man-
thisyati; amanthit; mathit-
va, and manthitva: p. math-
yate;. mathita : shake, dis-
turb.
pramathm, adj. disturbing,
mad, 4. a. madyati; mamada;
madita; matta; madya: be
intoxicated; be glad.
immatta, adj. mad.
unmatta-dai^ana, adj. looking
like one mad.
pramatta, adj. inobservant, care-
less.
vimocana
vuujas
virahita
virupa
muc
ranj
rah
rub
vilapa
lap
vivama
vn
vivardhana
vndh
vividha
dim
vi§an*ka
san*k
vidarada
Sal
vidala
>9
viSista
SIS
1 Pal. bhamati.
3 Pen. bir&dir; 4>panip; fr&ter; Go.
bro^ar; Wei. brawd; Bus. brat".
• Pers. abru; o4>pvs; Rus. brov".
* mergi.
° munduB.
122
VOCABULART.
pramada, adj. mad; drunk: m.
joy, delight; /. a beautiful
woman.
matta, p.p»p> maddened, drunk.
mada, m, the juice that flows
from the elephant's temples.
madhu^, adj. sweet, pleasing:
w. sweetness; honey; sugar:
any spirituous liquor.
madhura, adj. sweet, pleasing.
matan-ga, m. an elephant,
madhya', culj, middle : m. n, the
waist.
madhyama, adj. id,
su-madhyama, adj. having a
fine waist,
man, 4 and 8. m. manyate', ma-
nute; mene; manita, ami
manta; manisyate ami man-
syate; amata, and amansta,
and amanista; mata: think;
value, honour.
anumata, p. p. p, having been
agreed on.
amanusa, adj. not human.
amnaya, m. the Yedas.
bahu-mata,a4;. much esteemed.
mata, P'P*p. thought, imagined;
approved.
mati*,/ thought, purpose; un-
derstanding.
manas^ n. the mind.
Manu, m, the father and lauh
giver qf mankind.
manu-ja, adj. (Manu-bom,) hu-
man.
manusya, m. a man.
mano-java, adj. swift as thought.
Mano-hara, ami Mano-harm,
m. (the* mind-seizer,) the god
qflove, Kama.
mantra*, n. advice, counsel; a
mystical verse; a religious
formula.
mantr, 10. m. consult, a-, ad-
dress, salute, ni-, call, in-
vite.
mantnn, m. a counsellor.
Man-matha, m. (the mind dis-
turber,) Kama.
manyu, m. anger, sorrow.
manyumat, adj. angry, sorrow-
ful.
mana, n. honour.
mana-da, m. a giver of honour.
manasa, n. = manas.
manusa, adj. human.
manusya, n. human nature.
mum, m. one given up to medi-
tation, a hermit.
mauna, n. silence.
vimanas, adj. insane.
sam-mata, n. consent,
mna^, 1. a. mauati; mamnau;
mnata; nmasyati; mnayat,
an^^mneyat; amnasit: mna-
yate; mnata: commemorate,
praise, meditate,
mand, 1. m. mandate; mamande;
mandita: rejoice; be praised;
sleep.
manda, adj. slow, foolish ; small :
n. adv. little.
manda-bhagya, n. misfortune.
manda-bhaj, adj. unfortunate,
marut, m. wind: the god of
winds.
maruta, m. air, wind.
visesa
dis
visamastha
ma
vismita
sim
visoka
Sue
visarjana
snj
vita
1, vye
viSrabdha
srambh
vistara
stri
vega
vij
visama
•
ma
vismaya
smi
veda
vid
1 fi€0Ut Ru8. med" ; Eng. mead.
s PaZ. majjha; fjuaos; medius; Go.
midja.
* Pal. mannati.
* firiTis.
' M^vos; mens.
* Pal. manta.
' fivrivai; memmiBse.
VOCABULARY.
123
mala, m, n, any bodily excretion;
filtb ; sin : f. rust.
nirmala, adj, (free from filth,)
pure, clean.
mrmalya, n. purity, cleanness,
clearness.
malina, adj, defiled, filthy.
ma, adv, not; usedinprohiintiona
either wUh tlie imperative or
Srd pret,
m% 2. a, 3 and 4. m. mati, mi-
mite, (pi. mimate,) mayate;
mamau, mame; mata; mas-
yati, -te; meyat; masista;
amasit^ amasta; mitva: p,
miyate; amayi; mita: mea-
sure; give, nir-, make, cause.
atimatra, adj, beyond measure.
anupama, adj. unlike.
apratima, adj. unequalled.
ameya, adj. that cannot be
measured.
upama, adj. like.
mm I tta, n. a cause ; mark, omen :
— ^for the sake of.
piirna-masa, m. the full moon.
paurnamasa, adj. belonging to
the full moon.
pratima, cuij. equal.
pramana'y n, measure, autho-
rity.
prameya, adj. that can be mea-
sured.
matula, m. a maternal uncle.
matri*,yi a mother.
matnvat, ac0. like a mother.
matra^, n. measure; the whole:
— only.
matraka, m. a measure.
mas^, m. the moon; a month.
masa, m. a month.
meya, adj. that can be mea-
sured.
vimana, n. a vehicle.
visama, adj, unequal; uneven;
rugged; difficult.
visama-stha, adj. (standing in
an uneven place,) distressed.
vaisamya, n. inequality; injus-
tice; difficulty.
sama, adj. equal; level; whole;
fair, just,
mamsa^, n. flesh,
marg, 1 and 10. a, margati,
margayati: seek,
mng, 4. a, and 10. m. mngyati,
mngayate : id.
marga, m. a search ; a road.
margana, n. the act of search-
ing.
mnga, m. search; any animal;
a deer.
mngaya,/. the chase, hunting.
mnsa-iivana, m. (who lives by
h^L^a hunter.
mngif/. a deer; a woman,
mala, m. a man: /. a garland:
n. a field.
malya, n. a garland; a string
of beads,
mithuna, n. a pair of animals^
one of each sex.
mithya, adv. falsely; in vain,
mid, and mind, 1. m. 4. a. me-
date, medyati; minude, mi-
meda; medita; medisyate;
vep
vela
ved
vedana
vep
Vll
VIS
vedman
vairupyata
vaiSasa
vaisamya
vis
ruh
Aas
ma
vyakta
vyagra
vyabhra
vyaya
anj
ag
ap
1
^ Pal pam&i
' Pen, mada
• fierpw.
la; Pers,
farm&n.
mater.
» Bm
; mensis.
r. myaso. '
124
VOCABULART.
amedista, amidat; miditva,
meditva: p. midyate, miima:
be slippery; cherish, love.
amitra, cidj, nnfrieodlj, hostile.
mitra, adj, friendly: n. a friend.
medas, n. marrow.
medini,y! the earth,
mis, 1. a. mesati; mimesa; me-
sita; mesitva, misitva and
mistva; mista : sprinkle ;
pour out.
6. a. misatr; mimesa, mesita;
mesisyati; amesit: resist ni-,
close the eyes.
mmesa, m. a wink; winking:
a moment,
mih^, 1. a. mehati; nmneha; me-
dha; meksyati; amiksat :
pour out; make water.
mutra, n, urine.
megha, m, a cloud,
mukha, n, a mouth ; face ; a be-
ginning: m. the beak of a
bird: adj. first, chief.
adhomukha, ck^*. with down-
cast face.
ablumukha, adj. in front of;
near: present.
unmukha, adj. with upturned
face.
pramukha, adj. first, chief.
pramukhe, adv, in front.
mukhya, oe^J. chief.
mukhyadas, adv. chiefly.
muc, 6. a. m. muncati, -te; mu-
moca, mumuce; mokta; mok-
syati, -te; amucat, amukta;
p. mucyate: let go; free;
n^lect; throw; pour out
mocana, n. the act of setting
free.
vmiocanay n. id.
mud, 1. m. modate'; mumude;
modita ; modisyate ; amo-
dista ; mudita : rejoice.
mud,/ joy, pleasure; a wife,
mus ', 9. a. musnati : mumosa :
mosita; mosisyati; amosit:
steal
musti*,/ a fist
muh, 4. a. muhyati; mumoha;
mohita, mogdha, and modha ;
mohisyati, and moksyati ;
amuhat; mohitva, mulutva,
mugdhva, and mudhva; mug-
dha, and mudha : be trou-
bled in mind.
muhurta, m. n. a thirtieth part
of twenty-four hours.
muhus, adj. again a^ again.
mudh% p-p.p. troubled, fool-
ish,
murdhan^ m. a head; the chief
place,
mula, n. a root ; the origin,
mn', 6. m. mnyate; mamara;
marta; mansyate; mnsista;
amnta; mnta: die. 9. a.
mrmati; mamara; amarit:
kill.*
amara, adj. undying.
amaravat, culj, Uke an immor-
tal
amnta, n, nectar, ambrosia.
marana, n. death.
martya, adj. mortal, human.
\
vyavasaya
so
vyudha
vah
saranya
Sri
•
vyasana
as
vyudhoraska
99
sarad
sri
•
vyaghra
ghra
vyuha
uh
sanra
&n
vyatta
da
vyoman
div i
Sva
§van
^ mingere.
^ Pal. mnddha.
^ Pal. modati.
• Pers. murdan; mori; Wt
'l. marw;
• fivs; mus.
Rtu. mer^t*.
^ Pal.
mutthi.
VOCABULARY.
125
murti, f. matter, form, figure: •
a body.
murtunat, adj, embodied.
mrita\ 'past p, dead.
mntyu", m. death,
mnj®, 1. a. marjati; mamarja, (pi.
mamarjus), and 2. a. mar-
sti, (pL mrijanti;) mamarja,
(/>Z. mamrijus;) marjita, awe?
marsta; marjisyati, and
marksyatij amarjit, and a-
marksit ; marjitva, and mnst-
va: p, mnjyate; mnsta;
margya, and mrijya. rub;
smooth; soothe; sweep;
cleanse by wiping, polish;
adorn, pra-, soothe, cleanse,
polish,
mnn, 6. a, mnnati: mamama.
strike, hurt.
mnnala, m. n, mnnali, /. a
fibre of the stalk of a lotus,
mnd*, 9. a. mndnati; mamarda;
mardita; mardisyati; amar-
dit; mnditva; mndita. rub,
crush.
mardana, n. the act of rubbing
or crushing; destruction.
mnd, and mrida, /, earth,
mould, dust.
mndu*, adj. tender, soft; slow.
mndu-purva, adj. beginning
with soft words,
mndh, I. a. m. be soft: kill.
mndha, n. war.
mns, 6. a, mrisati; mamarSa;
marsta, arid mrasta; mark-
syati, and mraksyati; amark-
sit and amraksit. touch:
consider, vi-, soothe; con-
sider,
mns, 4 and 1. a.m. mnsyati, -te,
and marsati, -te; mamarsa,
mamrise : marsita : marsis-
yati, -te; amarsit, amarsista;
marsitva, mnsitva, and mrist-
va: marsita, a7W3? mnsta. 10.
a, m. marsayati, -te; amim-
risat, -ta, and amamarsat,
-ta: endure.
amarsa, m. impatience, anger.
amarsana, adj. impatient, angry.
amarsa, m. -amarsa.
marsa, m. endurance, patience.
mansa, m. a venerable person,
dramatic manager,
medha, m. a sacrifice.
medhas, n. and medha, f, mind,
intellect,
mlecch, 1. and 10. a. mlecchati,
mlecchayati ; mimleccha ;
mlecchita: speak a foreign
tongue.
mleccha, m, a foreigner,
mlai, 1. a. mlayati; mamlau;
mlata; mlasyati ; mlayat, and
mleyat; amlasit; mlana: wi-
ther, fade.
mlana, past p. withered, faded,
ya
yat®, n. yas, m. ya, f. who,
which, yat, conj. because.
yatas, adv. whence, yatra, adv.
where, yatha, adv. as, so
that, yada, adv. when.
yatha-tatham, adv. truly.
yathavat, adv. fitly.
yatha-sraddham, adv. faithfully.
sasya
dams
•
sit*8,msu
•
Syat
sakatara
tri
•
siras
iSn
drin-ga
6ri
sakaSa
ka^
sita
iSyat
samrabdha
rabh
* saknt
kn
ditala
j>
samskara
•
kri
•
sakhi
khya
^ Pal. mata; mortnus; Fers. mard.
^ Pal. macoa ; mors.
^ Pal. majjati.
^ Pal. maddati.
* Pal. mudu.
OS.
17
126
VOCABULABY.
yadi, conj. if.
yad-ncchaja, adv, spontaneous-
yadyapi, conj, even if.
yavat, conj. as long as, until,
yaj, 1. a, m. yajati, -te; lyaja, ije;
yasta; yaksyati, -te; ijyat,
yaksista ; ayaksit, ayasta : p»
ijyate ; 1 pret, aijyate ; ista :
sacrifice,
yaks, 10. m, honour, worship,
yaksa, m, an attendant on Ku-
vera, the god ofrichea.
yajna, m. a sacrifice,
yastn, m, a sacrificer.
yat, 1. w. yatate; yete; yatita;
yatisyate ; ayatista ; part,
yatta: make an effort, la-
bour,
ayatana, n, a dwelling; an altar,
yatna, m, an effort,
yam, 1. a, yacchati; yayama;
yanta ; yarnsyati ; ayamsit ;
part yata: rule, restrain, a-,
stretch, ut-, raise,
ayata, adj, long,
udyata, p, p, p. prepared, eager,
niyata, p, p, p. fixed, certain,
prayata, p. p.p. dutiful, self-
restrained,
yata, p. p. p. ruled, restrained,
yantn, m, a charioteer,
yama, m. restraint; punish-
ment: Yama, tlie god of
punishment and justice,
Yayati, m, name of an ancient
king,
yasas, n, brightness; gloiy.
atiyasas, adj. very bright, beau-
tiful, or glorious.
yaSasvm, adj. bright, beautiful,
or glorious,
y a, 2. yati ; ayat, (pi. ayan or ay us ;)
yayau; yata; yasyati; yayat ;
ayasit; yat, yan; go.
pray ana, n. act or way of going;
departure, from life: the
crupper of a Iiorse,
jktrsiyf a journey; food,
yana, n, the act of going; a
walk ; a chariot,
yac, 1. a. m. yacati, -te ; yayaca,
-ce; yacita: ask, request.
yu, 2 and 9. a, m, yauti, yunati,
yunite ; yuyava, yuyuve ; ya-
vita, yavisyati, -te; ayavit,
aya vista : p, yuyate ; f, ya-
vita, yavisyate; prec, yavi-
sista; aor. ayavi: join,
ayuta, n, num, ten thousand,
104.
yuvan*, adj, young,
yuva-raja, m. the young king;
i, e, the heir-apparent,
yutha, n, a flock, herd.
yiithaSas, adv, in herds,
yosit, f. a woman,
yauvana, n, youth, tims of life.
yuj, 7. a. m. yunakti, yun.kte;
yuyoja, yuyuje; yokta; yok-
syati, -te ; ayujat and
ayauksit, ayukta : p. yujyate,
yukta: join, a-, yoke horses.
ni-, bind; enjoin ; place,
niyoga, m. injunction, order;
appointment; effort,
prayojana, n. object, occasion,
business,
yuga", m. a yoke: n. a pair;
an age.
sakhi
khya
san-ga
sanjd^
san.grama
grab
san-kalpa
klnp
gam
sat
as
san-kula
kul
san-gama
gam
satata
tan
san-khyana
khya
san-grahana
grab
satkara
as
^ Pen. javan ; Rm. yuno ; juvenis ; Go. juggs.
' ^ov\ jugum; Go. juk.
VOCABULARY.
127
yoga, m, a junction, meeting;
devotion; fitness: employ-
ment.
yojana, n, the act of joining ; a
measure of length, (a stage,)
varying from 4J to 9 miles.
viyoga, 7/1. separation,
yudh, 4. m. yudhyate ; yuyudhe ;
yoddha ; yotsyate ; ayuddha :
fight.
ayudha, m. a weapon.
yuddha, n, war ; a battle.
yuddha-dyuta, n, the game of
war.
yudh,/ war; a battle.
yoddhn^, m. a warrior.
yodhin, m. id,
ramh, 1. a. ramhati; raramha;
ramhita: run, haste.
ranihas, n. speed, swiftness,
raks, 1. a, raksati'; raraksa :
raksita; raksisyati; araksit:
guard, defend, rule.
raksana, n. raksa,/. the act of
guarding or ruling.
Kaksas, n, Kaksasa, m. a demon
hostile to Tnan,
raksitn, m, a guardian, ruler,
ran-ga, m, an inclosure, place of
meeting,
ranj, 1 and 4. a, m. rajati, -te,
rajyati, -te; raranja, -je;
ran-kta; ran-ksyati, -te; raj-
yat ; ran^ksista; aran-ksit,
aran«kta ; ran-ktva, and rakt^
va : p. rajyate; aranji, and
aranji ; rakta : cans, ranjay-
ati : dye, colour ; be attached,
devoted, anu-, be attached.
anurakta, p, p, p, attached.
anuraga, m, attachment.
rakta, JO. p. jp. coloured; red.
rajani,y! the night.
rajas, w. dust; any violent
feeling.
rajju, m, a cord, rope.
raga, m. love, attachment;
eagerness.
virajas, adj, free from dust,
ran, l.a.ranati;rarana;ramta:
sound.
rana, m. n. war; a battle,
rabh, 1. m, rabhate; rebhe; rab-
dha; rapsyate; arabdha: p,
rabhyate; arambhi : desire,
a-, begin,
• samrabda, p, p, p. excited, fu-
rious.
su-rabhi, adj, of good odour :yi
the cow Kamaduh.
ram, 1. a, m, ramati, -te; reme;
ranta; ramsyate; aramsta;
rata, -ramya, -ratya : rejoice,
delight one's self.
rata, p, p, p, delighted.
rati,/, delight, pleasure.
ratna, n, a jewel; a pearl.
ramaniya, and ramya, adj. de-
lightful
ratn,/. night. In comp. ratra.
rasa, m, taste.
rah, 1. and 10. a. rahati; raraha;
rahita: and rahayati; arara-
hat, and arirahat: forsake,
leave.
rahas, n, a place of retirement :
adv. secretly.
virahita, p, p. p. forsaken,
raj*, 1. a, m, rajati, -te; raraja,
i^pl, rarajus, and rejus,) ra-
sattama
as
sada
sa
sandeha
dih
sattva
})
sadara
dara
sannidhi
dha
satya
>»
sadriS
dns
sannibha
bha
satyavadin
>i
sadrisa
•
))
sandhya
dhyai
Hind, jodhi.
^ Pal, rak}diati.
regere.
12S
TOCABULABT.
raje, aju/reje; njita, shine,
rule,
riijan', m>. a kmg. In eomp.
-nja, and -nj.
raj&^Ta, w. a sacrifice made
bj a victorious king.
iajm*,yi a queen.
rajTa', n. a kingdom,
rastra, flt.fl. a kingdom, oountrj.
ladh, 5. a. radhnoU; laradha;
raddha; aratsit: eaus. radh-
ajati ; ariradhat : complete,
finish, apa-, injure, a-, catu.
propitiate.
aparadha, adj. injuring: ik an
injarr, offence,
aradhana, n. worship; the act
of pleasing,
ras, 1. fit. sound.
rasi, nL a heap,
rahu, nL the ascending node of
the moon, a demon with a
serpents tail, supposed to de-
vour the sun and moon in
an eclipse.
npu, m. an enemy,
m, 2. a. rauti and raviti; rora-
Ya; ravita; raTisyati; aravit:
Eound, murmur, shout, howL
araTa, and arava, m. a shout,
mcita: shine; please, in. doL
TI-, shine,
rasmi, at. a imy ol lig^; a
mcira, adr. bri^t, beautifuL
rud*, 2. a. roditi; imp. rodihi;
ruroda; rodita; rodisyati;
1 prel. arodit anJarodat, (pL
amdan,) 3 prei. arodit, {pL
arodisos,) and arudat; m-
ditra: weep. [Ma-, burst into
noise.
4
rava , m. any noise.
ravi, m. the sun.
rum, m. a kind of deer,
rue*, 1. m. rocate; ruruce; rocita;
rocisyate; aracata, and aro-
cista; rucitya, and rocitva;
Bodra, n. a natne q/'&ira; one
of a certain doss of demons,
raadra, adj. belonging to Siva:
terrible, frightfuL
rudh^ 7. a. m. runaddhi, rand-
dhe; rurodha, rurudhe; rod-
dha; rotsyati, -te; artKlhat,
and arauttdt, aruddha: p,
rudhyate; arodhi; fy/f. arud-
dha; ruddha: block up, hin-
der, anu-, 4. fliw rudhyate:
lova sam-, block up, re-
strain.
rus, 1. and 4s, a. hurt; kilL 4.
and 10. a. be angry,
rus,^ anger,
rosa, ib.
ruh', 1. a. rohati; roroha; rodha;
roksyati; aroksat; rudha:
des. rumksati. int. roruhy-
ate: catts. rohayati, and ro-
payati; aruruhat, and aru-
ropat : spring forth, be bom,
grow, a-, ascend, mount a
vehicle. Cans. ropi,an€;frohi.
sannyasa
sapatna
saphala
sabha
as
pa
phal
bha
sabharya
sama
samaksam
samanuvrata
bhn
ma
aks I;
vn
I;
samanvita
samaya
samartha
samardha
arth
ndh
^ rex.
' regina.
• regnam.
* Rus. rev".
• Pen. ruz, rdsan.
• Pal. nidati ; Rus. rocUt'.
^ Pal. rnndhati.
8 Rus. rodit'.
VOCABULARY.
129
anurupa^ adj. conformable, suit-
able.
abhirupa, adj. beautiful
aroha, m. height; waist, figure.
rupa, n. form; beauty.
rupavat, a>dj. beautiful.
Rohmi, y. a constellatiorif a
wife of the moon.
virupa, adj. deformed, ugly.
vairupyata, f deformity, ugli-
ness.
sva-rupin, adj. having his pro-
per form,
laks^, 10. a. m. laksayati, -te;
alalaksat, -ta : see, per-
ceive.
laksana', n. a mark.
laksmi^,/ happiness, good for-
tune : the wife of Visnu.
laghu*, adj, light, nimble.
laghava,w. lightness ; contempt,
laj, 6. m. lajate; leje; lajita;
also lajjate; lalajje; lajjita;
lajjisyate; alajjista; lajjita,
and lagna : be ashamed, blush.
V1-, id,
lajja,/. bashfulness, modesty.
lajjavat, adj. bashful, modest.
vilajja, adj. immodest,
lafij, 10. a. shine,
lap*, 1. a. lapati; lalapa; lapita :
cau8, lapayati: alilapat: dea.
lilapisati: speak; lament, vi-,
lament.
pralapa, m. lamentation.
pralapm, adj. lamenting.
vilapa, m. lamentation.
labh^, 1. m. labhate; lebhe; lab-
dha; lapsyate; alabdha: p.
labhyate; alambhi: caus.
lambhayati ; alalambhat : dea,
lipsate : get^ upa-, get, find;
perceive, pra-, deceive,
labha, m. the act of getting;
gain. •
lamb^, \.m.n. lambate; lalambe;
lambita; lambisyate; alam-
bista : slii>, fall down, a-,
lean.
lalata, n. the forehead.
las, 1. a. lasati; lalasa; lasita:
embrace; shine,
lalasa, adj. desiring.
likh, 6. a. likhati; lilekha; lekhi-
ta; lekhisyati; alekhit; lekh-
itva and likhitva: write,
paint,
lekha, f, a line, dravm or
'painted.
lin-g, 1. a. lin-gati: go. a-, em-
brace.
Im-ga, n. a mark, emblem,
symbol.
lip^ 6. a. m. limpati, -te; lilepa,
lilipe; lepta; lepsyati, -te;
alipat, -ta, and ahpta : anoint,
daub, pollute.
li, 9. a. arid 4. m. Imati, liyate;
lilaya, and lalau, lilye ; leta
and lata ; lesyati, anrflasyati,
lasyate; alaisit and alasit;
alesta and alasta; litva, -laya
a7id -liya ; lina : join to one's
self, get. 4. m. join one's
samakula
kul
samipa
ap
sampad
pad
samagama
gam
samudra
und
sambhara
bhn
•
saiiiapta
ap
samudraga
»>
sambhranta
bhram
samahita
dha
samnddha
•
ndh
•
1 samyak
anc
1 Pal. lakkhati.
8 loqui.
2 Pal. lakkhana.
* \apeiv ; Rvs. lovit*.
8 Pal Lakkhi.
7 labi.
* Pal. lahu; Bus. Ieg6
k'; cXaxvs;
^ Pal. limpati; aXei^eii';
\ivaiif€iy ;
levis.
Rv
w, Upok",
»
130
VOCABULARY.
self to, adhere, a-, languish,
faint,
alaya, m. a dwelling, home,
lubh^, 4. a. lubhyati; lulobha;
lobhita arui^lobdha; lobhisya-
ti; alubhat; lubdha; lobh-
itva, lubhitva and lubdhva;
caibs. lobbayati; alulubhat:
des. lulubhisyati, and lulo-
bhisyati : desire,
lubdhaka^ m. a hunter,
lobha, m. desire,
lok, 1. m. lokate ; luloke ; lokita :
see.
trai-lokya, n, the three worlds,
loka, w. the world : pi. man-
kind; people,
loka-pala, m. a guardian of the
world,
loc, 1. m. locate; luloce; locita:
see.
locana, n, an eye.
lodhra, m. the name of a tree,
symplocos racemdsa.
losta, and lostu, m, a clod of
earth.
vaipSa, m. a reed ; a family, race.
vamSa-bhojya, adj, (to be en-
joyed by the family,) herit-
able,
vaka, m, a crane,
vakula, m. the name of a plant,
mimusops elengi.
vaks*, 1. a, grow.
vaksas, n, a breast,
vac, 1 and 2. a, vacati, vakti;
uvaca, (pi, ucus;) vakta;
vaksyati ; avocat : p. ucyate,
ukta : say. pra-, narrate,
prati, answer.
prativacaa, n. an answer ; echo.
prativakya, adj, that may be
answered : n. an answer.
vaktra, n. a mouth ; a face.
vacana, n. a speech ; a word.
vacas, and vakya, n, id,
vagmin, adj. eloquent.
vac*,/, the voice; a speech.
vacya, adj, that may be spoken,
vaj, 1. a. go. 10. a. adorn.
vajin, m, a horse,
vata, inter, oh ! alas !
vatsa*, m, a calf: a year: n, a
breast, m.f, a title of affec-
tion addressed to children
and pupils.
panvatsara, m, a year.
vatsara, m. a year.
vatsala^, adj. affectionate, fond:
n, affection; fondness,
vad *, 1. a, m. vadati, -te ; uvada,
ude ; vadita ; vadisyati, -te ;
avadit, avadista, uditva, amd
udya : p, udyate ; udita :
speak, abhi-, salute.
anavadya, adj, blameless, fault-
less.
abhivadaka, m, one who sa-
lutes.
avadya, adj, that must not
be spoken; low, worthless;
faulty,
pravada, m, a rumour, common
saying.
saratha
n
•
sarjana
SPJ
saksivat
•
aks
saras
Sll
•
sahaya
1
sagara
sagara
sant
»
saksat
•
aks
•
sagaramgama
»
sarga
snj
saksin
•
»»
sagnika
an.g
^ lubere; Go, huban; Bus. liubit*. * Pers, bacah.
2 av^etv; auxisse; Qo, vahsjan.
^ vitulus.
' Pen. av&z;
vox.
« 1
{u8. vyetovat'.
VOCABULARY.
131
vadana, ri, the mouth, face,
vadari, f, the jujube tree,
vadya, adj, that may be spoken
or mentioned,
vada, m, talk ; a sound,
vadm, adj, speaking,
vana, n, a forest, grove,
upavana, n, a grove, park,
vanya, adj, belonging to a forest,
wild,
vand, 1. m. vandate; vavande;
vandita. salute, by inclin-
ing the body ; praise, cele-
brate,
vap, 1. a. m, vapati, -te ; uvapa,
upe; vapta; vapsyati, -te;
avapsit, avapta: p, upyate;
upta. throw, scatter, sow;
weava
vapus, n, the body,
vapi,/. a lake,
vipra, m, a brahman,
vam*, 1. a, vamati; vavama, (^pl,
vavamus;) vamita; vamisya-
ti; avamit. vomit,
vay, 1. m, vayate; veye; vayita.
go-
vayas ', n, age ; youth.
varaha, m, a boar,
varc, 1. m, varcate ; vavarce ; var-
cita. shine,
varcas, n, brightness; glory;
beauty.
varcasvin,ac?/. bright; glorious;
beautiful,
su-varcas, adj, very bright, glo-
rious, or beautiful,
val, 1. m. cover; adhere to.
valka, n, bark.
valkala, m, n, bark : a hermits
dress made of bark.
vaS, 2. a. vasti, {du. ustas, pL
usanti;) vastu, (2. s. uddhi ;)
uvasa ; vasit4 ; vasisyati ;
avasit, and avasit. wish.
avasa, adj, not under another's
wm, independent.
avaSya, adj, not under one^s
own will, inevitable : n, adv,
necessarily.
vasa, m, n. a wish : n, authority.
va§a-vartm, adj, obedient.
vaSya, adj, id,
vas, 1. a, 2,m, vasati,vaste; uvasa,
(pi, usus;) vasta; vatsyati;
avatsit ; vastum ; usitva, usi-
vas ; usita : p, usyate. dwell. :
2. m, put on one's gar-
ment.
avastra, adj. without clothes.
avastrata,^! nakedness.
avasa, m, an abode, house.
ekavasana, adj, having only
one robe.
ekavastrata,/ the state of hav-
ing only one robe.
mvasa, m. the act of dwelling.
paryusita, p, p, p, worn ; old ;
stale.
vasana, n, the act of dwelling
or wealing.
vasu, n, wealth : m, one of
eight deified elements.
vasu-dha, ami vasun-dhara, y.
(wealth-holder or bearer,) the
earth.
vastu, n, a thing.
vastra ', n, a garment, cloth.
samarthya
arth
sarathi
saya
sayahana
sara
so
sn
sarathya
sartha
sarthaka
n
ai*th
97
sarthavaha
sardham
sahayya
sita
arth
ndh
1
SI, so
1 efiecLv; vomere.
• atwy; »vum.
' vestire, vestis.
132
VOCABULABY.
vasa, m, an abode, house.
vasas^ 71. clothes ; cloth.
-vasm, adj. -dwelling; -wear-
ing, -clad.
vaso-yiiga, n, a pair of gar-
ments.
vivastra = avastra.
vivastrata = avasti^ta.
viviisa, adj, unclothed : m. ba-
nishment.
vivasHS, adj, unclothed,
vah*, 1. a. m. vahatij-te; uvaha,
(2 8, uvahitha and uvodha,)
uhe; vodha; vaksyati, -te;
uhyat, vaksista ; avaksit,
(avodham, avaksus,) avodha;
vodhum : p, uhyate ; udha.
carry ; marry a wife,
avaha, adj, bringing.
udha, p. jE?. /). carried,
bahu, 771. the arm.
vaha, arid vaha, fiu a car-
riage.
vahis, prp, and adv. outsida
vadham, adv, well ! in absent
valiaka, m, a horseman, car-
rier, porter.
vahana', n, a vehicle.
vahin, adj. carrying.
vahya, adj. outward.
vahyatas, adv. on the outside.
vivaha, m. marriage.
vyudha, adj. broad.
vyudh*-oi'aska, adj. having a
broad breast or chest,
va', conj. or.
va*, 2. a. vati; vavau; vata; va-
syati; avasit: prt. Tan, vata.
blow,
vata*, m. vayu, m. air, wind,
vata-java, adj. swift as the
wind,
vanch, 1. a. vanchati; vavancha;
vanchita. wish,
vama, adj. the lefb: pleasing,
vas, and vas, 1 and4:» n. cry out^
shout, howL
vaspa, m. a tear.
V1-, prefix, signifying separation
or change^ dis-.
Vina, prp. without, c. w. instrur
merUcU,
vij, 7. a. vinakti; viveja; vijita;
vijisyati ; avijit ; vijitva ;
vigua. also 1. m, and 6 a.
tremble, fear,
nir-ud-vigna, p. p, p. undis-
turl)ed.
vega, m. an impulse; speed,
vegatas, adj. violently, speedily,
vid', 2. a. vetti, aw^veda; vettu,
(2 s. yed& and Yiddhi,) 1 preL
3 pi. avidus, 2 s. aved and
aves; viveda; vedita; vedi-
syati, and vetsyati; avedit;
viditva; vidita: p. vidyate,
avedL know. cans, vedayati;
avividat. make known, ni-,
teU.
-vid, and -vida, adj. -knowing.
vidya^,y! knowledge,
vidvas, adj. wise, learned.
smdhu
sukha
sukhin
sugandhin
syandh
khan
»
gandh
suduhkha
khan
sudurbuddhi
budh
subahu
vah
subhaga
bhaj
subhasita
subhru
sumadhyama
bhas
•
bhru
madh-
ya
^ oxos, vehere.
2 vehioulum; Ger. wagen.
8 ve.
* acty; Rtts. vyeyat'; Go. vaian.
•^ Pers. bad; ventns; Bus. vyetr."
• iScti', etdevcu; videre; Rtu, vyedat';
Go. vitan ; Ger. wissen.
7 Pal. vijja.
VOCABULARY.
133
veda, 7/1. (knowledge,) one of
tlie/our sabred books.
veda-vid, adj. knowing the
vedas.
ved-an-ga, m, a book subordi-
nate to the vedas.
vind, G. a. m. vindati, -te; vi ve-
da, vivide; vedita; vedisya-
ti, -te; avidat, avidata ; part,
per/, ac. vividivas, and vi-
vid vas : p. or 4. m. vidyate ;
vivide; vetta; vetsyate; a-
vitta; vitta: find, get pa^s.
or vid, 4. m. be found,
be.
vitta, p. p. p. found, gained : n.
wealth; any ihxng.
vitta vat, adj. wealthy.
Vidarbha, m. pi. a people living
in Bera/r.
Vaidarbha, m. Vaidarbhi, f.
belonging to Vidarbha.
vipra, m. a brahman,
vil, 6. a. vilati: cover, hide,
avila, adj. foul.
Vila, n. a hole, cave: m. a reed,
cane,
vilva, m. the name of a tree,
8egl6 marmelos.
vela,y! a limit; shore, bank o/
a river; time,
vis', 6. a. visati; vivesa; vesta;
veksyati; aviksat; per/, part,
ac. vivisvas and vivisivas,
p. p. p. vista : enter; go to.
upa-, sit down,
nivesa, m, an entrance,
nivesana, n. a house, city.
VIS, m. a man of the third (or
mercantile and agricultural
class or tribe,
vesa, m. an entrance, hous6;
dress,
vesana, n. the act of enteiing;
a house,
vesman, n. a house.
Visravas, m. tlie/ather o/Kuvera.
Vaisravana, m. Kuvera.
visa, nir^n. poison,
viha, the air, sky.
^1ha-ga, vihan--ga, and vihan--
gama, 7n, a bird,
vihayas, m. n. the sky.
vi, 2. a, veti, (vitam, viyanti ;)
vivaya; veta; vesyati;
avaisit : p. viyate, vita : go ;
go to; get: conceive, bear;
love; throw,
vye, 1. a. m. vyayati, -te; vivya-
ya, (2. *. vivyitha,) vivye;
vyata; vyasyati, -te; prec.
viyat, vyasista ; avyasit,
avyasta. p. p. p. vita : cover,
vita, p. p. p. o/ vi or vye.
venu, m. a bamboo,
vetana, n. wages ; livelihood,
vetas, n. vetasi, /, the ratan.
vetra, m. a reed : n. a stick,
vri, 5, 9, 1. a. m. vrinoti, vnnute,
vrinati, vrinite, varati, -te;
vavara, (du. vavnva, and
vavanva, pi, vavrus, and
va varus,) vavre, and vavare ;
vanta, and varita; vansyati,
-te, and varisyati, -te; jyrec.
vnyat,a7ic?vuryat; varisisfa,
vursista: avaiit, avarista ;
avrita, avursta: p. vnyate;
surabhi
rabh
susvara
svar
sauharda
hnd
suvarcasa
varc
suhrid
hrid
sauhnda
))
suvarna
vn
saugandhika
gandh
snusa
su
susamahita
dha
saubhagya
bhaj
svayamvara
vn
•
^ lK€a$aif oiKO$ ; vicus ; Go. vcihs.
IS
134
VOCABULARY.
avan: vnta and vuma. 5.
a. m. cover; surround : choose.
9. a. m. choose. 10. a. m,
repel, hinder.
var, 10. a. w. choose.
anuvrata, acj/. devoted to.
catur-varnya, n, the four tribes,
taken collectively.
nara-vira, m, a heroic man.
nirvnta, jp./?. p, freed; happy.
nirvriti,y! pleasure; boldness.
nivarana, n, the act of hinder-
ing.
parivara, w. a retinue, family.
pravara, adj. excellent; best.
vara, m. a choice; a boon; a
husband: adj, choice, best.
varuna, w. the god of the waters.
varna^, m. a colour; class, tribe :
a quality.
varn, 10. a. describe.
vara-varnm, adj. having choice
qualities.
vara, ta, a multitude, heap.
varana, n, a defence; an ob-
stacle: m. an elephant.
van, w. water.
VI vara, m. expansion.
vivarna, adj. colourless.
vira", m. a defender, hero.
vira-han, m. a slayer of heroes.
viiya^, n. heroism, bravery.
viryavat, adj. heroic, brave.
vnta, j9. f. p, surrounded;
chosen.
vrata, m. n. a vow: -vrata, adj.
devoted.
I
sam-anuvrata, adj. wholly de-
voted to-.
su-varna, adj. of a good colour
or tribe: n. gold.
svayam-vara, 7/i. self-choice, free
choice of a husband,
vnj, I. a. 2. m. 7. a. 10. a. varjati,
vnkte, vnnakti, varjayati ;
vavarja, vavnje; varjita; var-
jisyati, -te; avarjit, avarjista :
p. vpjyate; vnkta : repel;
leave.
varga*, m. a class, order, mul-
titude,
vnt*, 1. m. a. vartate; vavnte;
vartita; vartisyate, and vart-
syati; avartista, and avn-
tata; vartitva, and vnttva ;
vntya; vntta^: turn him-
self; dwell; be; act; become,
ni-, come back.
pra-, go forwards, sam-pra-, go
towards, become, be.
anuvartin, adj. following.
anuvrata, adj. devoted.
avarta, 7i. a whii'lpool; a curl,
lock of hair.
panvartin, adj, revolving, re-
turning.
vartm, adj. turning, being.
vartman, n. a road, path.
vnttanta, 7n. tidings.
vrata, m.n. a vow ; piety.
vTidh^, 1. a. m. vardhate; vavn-
dhe; vardhita; vardhisyate,
and vartsyati; avardhista,
and avndhat; vardhitva, and
svarupm
svalamknta
ruh
al
svasti
svastha
as
stha
svamm
svaira
sva
svalpa
svasita
so
svagata
svadu
gam
ad
hita
dha
^ Pal. vanna.
^ TJptas; vir.
* Pal. vinya.
* Pal. vagga.
*^ vertere, versari.
^ Pal. vutta.
7 Pal. vudhati.
VOCABULART.
135
vnddhva; vriddha, vndhya:
grow, increase,
urddhva, adj, above; high.
- vardhana, n, increase,
vivardhana, m. an increaser.
vriddha, p. p, p, grown ; old.
vns, 1. a, varsati: vavarsa: var-
sita; varsisyati; avarsit;
varsitva, and vrisiva : vrista :
rain.
1
varsa , m, n, ram; a year.
vrisa, m. a bull.
vnsa-bha, m. id. In comp. ex-
cellent, best.
vristi',y! a shower,
vnh, 1. a. varhati; vavarha; var-
hita: grow.
vnksa*. m, a tree.
vnhat, adj, great,
vep, 1. m. vepate; vivepe; vepita:
tremble.
vipina, n, a forest,
vepathu, m, trembling,
vai, conj, indeed, but.
vyath, 1. m,a, be agitated,
vyadh, 4. a, vidhyati; vivyadha;
vyaddha; vyatsyati, and bhy-
atsyati; vidhyat; avyatsit,
and abhyatsit: p, vidhyate;
viddha : strike^ wound,
vyadha, m, a hunter,
vyala, adj. cruel, vicious : m, a
serpent,
vraj, 1. a, vrajati; vavraja; vra-
jita; vrajisyati; avrajit: go,
walk, anu-, follow,
vrid, 4. a. vridyati; vivrida;
vridita; vridisyati; avridit;
vridita : feel ashamed, be
bashfuL
sams, \. a, m, Samsati; sasamsa;
samsita; samsisyati; asam-
sit; §asyat; sasitva, and
Sastva; sasta: caus, Samsa-
yati; aSasamsat; samsita :
tell, praise, desire,
Sasya, n, grain, fruit.
i§ak*, 5. a. and 4. a, m, saknoti,
sakyati, -te; saSaka, seke;
sakta; Saksyati, -te; aSakat,
-ta ; sakta : p, and impers, p.
sakyate, part, sakita, sakya :
cau8, sakayati ; asisakat : des.
siksati, -te : be able ; endure,
bear. Deaid. learn. The pas-
sive of sak transfers its pas-
sive signification to the infin,
of a verb following it.
aSaknuvat, adj. unable.
sakuna, m. either^ the Indian
vulture, or the kite : any bird.
saknuvan, p. pres. able,
sakti*,/ power.
sakya, adj, possible.
Sakra, m. Indra.
Saci, f. the wife of Indra.
san-k, 1. m. san-kate; sasan-ke;
gan-kita : suspect, doubt, pa-
ri-, id.
avisan-ka, adj. free from doubt.
visan.ka,y! suspicion, doubt.
§an-ka,y! id.
Sata®, n. 100.
sata-kratu, adj. (having a hun-
dred sacrifices), Indra.
Sata-patra, n. a lotus.
Sad, 1 and 6. m. in the conj. tenses
and a. in the others, siyate;
Sasada; satta; Satsyati; asa-
dat. des. Sisatsati: in^. saia-
dyate; SaSatti: cans. Sata-
yati: fall; perish,
satru'^, m. an enemy,
satru-ghna, m. a slayer of
enemies.
Sana, pi. ins. sanais, slowly.
sanaka, pi. ins. Sanakais, id.
sap, 1. 4. a. m. sapati, -te, sapya-
1 Pal. vassa.
2 Pal. vutthi.
' Pal. rukkha.
* Pal. sakati.
^ Pal. satthi.
• Pal. sata; Pers. sad; ixarop; cen-
tum; Ru8. sto.
7 Pal. sattu.
13G
VOCABULARY.
ti, -te; sa^ipa, sepe; Sapta;
sapsyati, -te; asapsit, asap-
ta; caus, sapayati; aslsapat:
curse; swear.
abliisapa, m, a curse.
sapa, 7ii. id.
sabda, m. a sound, noise.
nihsabda, adj. noiseless,
sam, 4. a. samyati; saSama; sa-
mita; samLsyati; aSamat;
samitva, and santva; santa:
p. impers. samyate; asami:
intrans. become still, motion-
less; cease; become quiet,
composed, trans, quiet; pu-
rify; repel, kill, ni-, per-
ceive, by sight or /hearing.
sama, m. quietness, pec. of
mind, composure.
santa, p. p. p. quiet, composed.
santi, /. a settlement of differ-
ences; tranquillity,
sal, 1. m. salati, -te; sasala; sele;
salita: go; move one's self,
spread: 1. a. rim. 10. m.
praise.
viSarada, adj. skilful.
visala, adj. great.
sala, m. name of a tree, sli^rea
robusta : name of a fish, a
gilt-head, ophiocephalus.
sala,yi a house; a stable,
sava, m. n. a carcase, dead body.
sava, adj, dead: m, a young
animal,
^s, 1. a. sasati; SasaSa (du. sasa-
satus;) Aasita: leap.
sasa, m. a hare.
Sasm, m. the moon.
gasvat,. adv. always.
sasvata, adj. everlasting,
sas, 1. a. sasati; sasasa, {pi. sasa-
sus;) sasita; sasitva, and
sastva; sasta : strike, kill.
VI- , cut to pieces, kill,
vaisasa, n. slaughter.
nrisamsa, adj. hui'tful to man.
praSasta, adj. happy.
sasta, adj. blessed, happy: n,
happiness.
sastra, n. a weapon; an arrow.
sastra-pani, adj. weapon-hand-
ed,
sakh, 1. a. embrace, fill.
prasakhika, f. a small branch.
sakha^y! a branch.
sakha-mnga, m. a monkey,
salmali, m.f. and -li, f. the silk
cotton tree, bombax hepta-
phyllum.
sas, 2. a. Sasti, {du. sistas, pL
sasati;) imp. sastu, sadhi;
pot. sisyat; 1 pret. asat; Sa-
sasa; sasita; sasisyati; asisat;
sasitva, and sistva; sista, si-
sya: rule, command; punish;
teach, anu-, id. a-, tell;
command; bless.
anusasana, n. a word, saying.
sasana, n. a command, precept.
sastra, n. a command: a book
of precepts.
Sisya, m. a pupiL
§1, 5. a. m. sinoti, sinute; siSaya,
sisye; seta;§esyati,-te; aSaisit,
aSesta; sitva; sita: caiLS. sa-
yayati, asiSayat: sharpen.
visita, p. p. p. sharpened,
sikhara, m. n. a peak.
Sikha, f. the top : the crest of a
bird; a flame.
Sikhm, adj. crested : m. a pea-
cock; fire.
§m-gh, 1. a. smell.
sighra, adj. swift,
dil, 6. a. glean.
sila,y! a stone, rock.
Saila, adj. stony, rocky: m. a
mountain.
Silpa, n. an art, a handicraft.
Siva, adj. happy : the god Siva.
SIS, 7. smasti; imp. Sindhi; si-
^ Rus. suk''.
VOCABULARY.
137
sesa; Sesta; Seksyati; asisat:
p, sisyate ; sista ; leave : pass,
be left, remain, vi-, excel;
distinguish.
avisesa, adj. without a remain-
der, entire: n, adv, wholly.
asesa, adj. endless.
nu'visesa, adj, without a dif-
ference; the same.
viSista, p. p, p. distinguished,
excellent.
visesa, in. a difference, distinc-
tion, vi^sena, adv, espe-
cially.
visesatas, adv, — visesena.
sesa, adj, remaining: m, the rest,
si, 2. m, sete, (du, sayate, pi. de-
rate;) imper, setam, saya-
tam, seratam: pot. Sayita;
1 pret, aseta, asayatam, aSe-
rata; siSye; sayita; Sayisya-
te ; asayista; sayita : lie dowu;
sleep, sam-, be doubtful.
nihsamsaya, adj. without doubt.
Disa,y! night.
nisa kara, m, the moon.
-saya, adj. -lying, -dwelling.
say ana, n, the act of lying
down; a bed.
&a.Yyk,/. the act of lying down
or sleeping.
samSaya, m, doubt,
sila*, m. n. nature; quality,
character; ^ec. good cha-
racter,
gilavat, adj. having a good cha-
racter.
Sue, 1. a, and 4. a. m. Socati,
sucyati, -te; suSoca, i§usuce;
socita; Socisyati, -te; asocit,
asucat, asocit, asocista; so-
citva, and Sucitva; sukta:
caus. Socayati; asusucat: be
pure; shine: 1. a, grieve,
mourn, anu-, mourn after.
avisoka, adj. not free from sor-
row.
asoka, adj, free from sorrow:
m. the name of a tree, jonesia
asoka.
visoka, adj. free from sorrow.
suci, adj. pure, white: m. the
planet Venus, and its guar-
dian.
soka, 7n, grief, sorrow.
soka-ja, adj, sori'ow-bom.
sauca, n. purity; purification,
sudh, 4. a, sudhyati; susodha;
soddha; sotsyati; asudhat;
suddha: caris. sodhayati;
asusudhat : become pure.
suddha, p. p. p. purified, pure,
subh, 1. m. and 6. a. sobhate,
subhati; susobha, susubhe;
sobhita; sobhisyaia, -te; asu-
bhat, asobhista: caus, sobh-
ayati ; asusubhat. shine, upa-,
adorn.
subha", adj. bright; beautiful;
fortunate.
Subhra, adj. bright, splendid.
sobhana, adj. beautiful
sus* 4. a. jlusyati; Sustsa; sosta,
Soksyati; asusat : become dry;
languish, wither.
Suska^ ctdj. dry.
guska-srota, adj. having its
stream dried up.
sunya, adj. empty,
sura, m, a hera
§ri, 9. a. snnati; sasara, {pL saia-
rus and sasrus;) santa, and
darita; sansyati, and i^ris-
yati; pre. siryat; asarit: p.
siryate; sirna: hurt, break.
sara, m. an arrow : n. water.
sarad,y! autumn; a year.
sarira, n. the body.
sarada, adj. autumnal.
Sardula, m. a tiger.
1 Ru8. sil^t.
2 Fen. xiib.
3 Pers. xnsidan.
* Pers, xusk ; Bus. saxo.
138
VOCABULARY.
girna, p, p, p, broken,
gyala, m. a wife's brother.
Syai, 1. m. go; become con-
gealed.
Sita, adj. cold.
gitamSu, cuij. having oold rays :
m. the moon,
djama, adj. black.
drat\ indec. faith.
draddha, adj. belieying.
8raddha',y! belief,
dram", 4. a. dramyati; SaSrama;
Sramita; ilranta: undergo
penance; be wearied; be dis-
tressed. V1-, rest from suffer-
ing or toil.
aj§rama^, m. a hermitage,
srama, m. fatigue, toiL
i^ranta, p. p p. weary,
drambh, 1. m. drambhate; sa^l-
rambhe; drambhita; sram-
bhitva, and drabdhva : neg-
lect. V1-, be confident,
visrabdha, p. p. p, confident,
bold,
fin, 1. a. m. firayati, -te; diSraya,
Sisnye; 6rapta; srayisyati,
-te; aSisnyat, -ta; per/, part.
Sifinvas: p. 6riyate; afirayi;
dnta: enter; obtam; take
refuge, adhi-, and a-, flee to.
ut-, i-aise.
prati^raya, m. a house, dwell-
ing,
fiarana, n- a house, refuge, pro-
tection,
fiaranya, adj. that affords pro-
tection,
diras, n. a head,
fiirsa, n. id.
dnn-ga, n. a horn; mountain-peak.
^^ f' good fortune; beauty,
grace : the wife of Visnu.
srimat, adj. fortunate,
dreyas, adj. camp, better: n.
good fortune, happiness.
&restha, adj. sup. best.
Sru', 5. a. srinoti; dudrava, &u&-
ruve; drota; Srosyata; aSraa-
sit: part. perf. sosruvas: p,
i^ruyate; airavi: catis. Srava-
yati; asisravat: des. [Iidraya-
yisyati: hear, prati-, pro-
misa Y1-, pass, be famous,
sam-, hear, obey; promise,
droni^yi the hip and loins,
dlaksna, adj. sofb, gentle, sweet,
^oka, m. a line ofpoetri/, a verse.
Punyaj^oka, m. an epithet of
Nala.
gyan^, m, a dog.
sva-pada, m. (dog-footed,) any
beast of prey.
SvaSura", m. a father-in-law.
Svasru',y. a mother-in-law.
dyas, adv. to-morrow.
Svas, 2. a. svasiti; impf. aSvasit
and asvasat; pot dvaset; dad-
vasa ; s vasita ; s vasisyati ;
cav^. svasayati; aSiSvasat:
breathe, live. caus. refresh,
a-, breathe; take courage;
sigh. cavs. encourage, con-
sole, ni- and nis-, sigh, vinis-,
sigh deeply,
nihsvasa, m. breath; a sigh,
dvasa, m. breath,
sas '^ num. six.
pansodasa, sixteen,
sastha, adj. sixth,
sodasa, adj. sixteenth.
a&^prp, insep. with.
1 credere.
' Pal. saddha.
' Pal. Bamati.
^ Pal. assama.
* Pal. suyati; Pers. sanidan; k\v-,
kXvtos; cliens, inclytns'; Go. hhsan;
Rtts, sltisat^ Wei. clywed.
^ cloius.
7 KVLJv; cams; Go. hands.
8 iKvpos; socer; Go. svaihra.
^ iKvpa; socrus; Go. svaihro.
1® Pers. sas; e|; sex; Go. saihs;
Pal. cha; Wei. chwech; Bus. sest'.
VOCABULARY.
139
sada, adv. always,
san-gata, adj. narrow; crowded:
n, a strait; difficulty,
sanj, 1. a. sajati; sasanja;san*kta;
san-ksyati; prec, sajyat: a-
san-ksit: p, sajyate; sakta:
adhere.
prasan-ga, m, attachment.
san.ga, m. te/. See also g&m,
sad^, 1 and 6. a, sidati, sasada;
satta; satsyati; asadat; per/,
part, sedivas; sanna: caus,
sadayati; asisadat : sit; dwell:
sink with sorrow; perish.
ava-, sink down; waste away,
a-, sit; go to; find; attack,
ni-, sit down, pra-, be in-
clined towards, favour.
apasada, m, a low mean per-
son.
pansad,/ an assembly, multi-
tude.
parisada, m. an attendant.
prasanna", p, p. p, propitious.
prasada, m. favour, kindness.
prasada, m. a palace,
saptan^, num, seven.
saptama, a>dj. seventh,
sam-*, prp, insep, with, wholly,
sarva*, adj, all.
sarvatas, adv. on all sides, from
all directions.
sarvatha, adv. every way, in
every manner.
sarvada, adv. at all times.
sarvasas, adv, wholly,
sal, 1. a. go.
salila, n. water.
sala, m, the name of a tree,
sh6rea rObusta.
sah, 1. m. sahate; sehe; sahita,
and sodha; sahisyate; asa-
hista; sahitum, aritc/sodhum;
sodha, sahya: endure, bear
with ; support ; resist ; con-
quer ; be able,
utsaha, m. an effort,
duhsaha, adj. hard to bear,
-saha, adj. -enduring.
aaha.fprp. w. inst. with,
saha-ja, adj. inborn, innate,
sahas, n. power, strength,
sahasa, adv, immediately,
quickly,
sahita, adj. joined with, asso-
ciated,
sahasra^, num. a thousand,
sagara, m. the sea, ocean.
sagaran-gama, m. a river,
sadh, 5. a. sadhnoti, sadhyati;
sasadha ; saddha ; satsyati ;
asatsit: finish, complete. 4.
a. be finished,
sadhu, adj. good,
santu (or santu), w. a, console.
SI, 5, and 9. a, m. sinoti, smute,
smati, smite; sisaya, sisye;
seta; sesyati, -te; asaisit,
asesta ; sita : bind,
asita, adj. black,
sita, adj. white,
sv-asita, adj. very black,
simha, m. a lion.
sic, 6. a. m. sincati, -te ; siseca ;
sekta ; seksyati, -te; asikat,
-ta and asikta ; sikta: sprin-
kle,
sidh, 4. a. sidhyati ; sisedha ; sed-
dha ; setsyati ; asidhat ; se-
dhitva, sicfiiitva, anc^siddh va ;
siddha : be finished, prosper,
succeed,
su-^, adv. insep, well; very,
su, and su, 1. and 2. a. savati,
and sauti; susava; sola; so-
syati; asausit and asavit. 2,
^ idoi; sedere; Go. sitan ; i2u«. sycst*.
3 Pal. pasanna.
8 Pers. haft; Pal. satta; ivTa; sep-
tem ; Go. sibun ; Rus. sedm\
* Pers. ham ; aw ; con-.
'^ Pal. sabba; Ilind. sab; Pers. har,
^ Pers. hazar.
€V.
140
VOCABULARY.
and 4. m. sute, suyate; su-
suve; sota, arid savita; so-
syate and savisyate ; asosta,
asavista: p, suyate; savita;
savisyate; asavi, (pL asavi-
sata ;) suta, siita, and siina:
bring forth a chUd, beget.
utsava, m. a feast
utsuka, adj, eager, desirous.
prasuta, p, p. p. bom.
savitri, m. the sun,
suta, p. p, p. born ; a child.
suta, m, a charioteer.
sutatva, n. the office of cha-
rioteer.
Buna, p. p, p, born.
sunu , m. a son.
stri", (for autrif) /, a female; a
woman.
snusa', /, a son's wife,
sundara, adj, beautiful,
sur, 6. a. surati; susora; sorita;
asorit: shine; rule.
asura, m. a demon, JiostUe to
the gods,
sura, ni. a god.
surya*, m, the sun.
suryodaya, m, sun-rise.
svar,. indec. heaven.
svarga, m, the heaven of Indra.
sue, 10. a, sucayati: prove; de-
clare, show.
sucita, p, p. p, revealed.
Rud, 1. m, sudate; susude; sudita:
caus. and 10. a, sudayati,
asusudat: strike, kill.
nisudana, m. killer.
-sudana, m, id,
sn, 1. a, and 3. sarati, sisarii;
sasara, {du, sasriva;) sarta;
sansyati; prec, sriyat; asar-
sit, and asarat : go ; go to ;
flow.
saras, n, a lake.
sarit,y! a river.
sara, n, water: m, marrow,
strength,
snj*, 6. a, and 4. m, srijati, snjya-
te; sasarja, (2 8, sasar|itha
and sasrastha,) sasrije ; sras-
ta; sraksyati; asraksit: p,
snjyate; asarji; snsta: leave,
quit; be left; let go; create,
utsarga, m, the act of forsak-
ing; a gift.
utarastu-kama, adj. wishing to
let loose,
visarjana, n, the act of leaving,
sarga*, m, a rest, pause: crea-
tion; nature,
sarjana, n, the act of leaving.
sraj,y! a garland,
snp'^, 1. a, sarpati; sasarpa;
sarpta, and srapt4 ; sarpsya-
ti, and srapsyati; asnpat;
snpta: creep; go.
sev, 1. a, m. sevati, -te; siseve;
sevita ; sevisyate ; asevista :
inhabit, dwell, ni-, id.
sairandhri,^! a free woman living
by her work,
so, 4. a, syati, sasau ; sata ;
sasyati ; seyat ; asat, and
asasit: p, siyate; sita: end;
destroy, ava-, determine, vy-
ava-, id,
vyavasaya, m. determination,
purpose; labour, effort,
sita, adj, ended; white,
asita, adj, black,
soma, m. the moon; the moon-
plant, asclepias acida; the
juice of the moon-plaut.
soma-pa, m. one who drinks the
soma juice ; a sacrificer.
saumya, adj, beautiful.
^ Go, sunns ; Bus, siin",
2 Hind, istri.
3 nurus.
< Pal, sura; Pers, xur.
^ PaL sajjati.
« PaZ. "sagga.
7 Pal, sappati; ipv€iv\ serpcre.
VOCABULARY.
141
skandha, m, a shoulder.
Btambh, 5 and 9. a. stambhnoti,
stambhnati ; astambhit, and
astambhat; stambhitva, and
stabdhva; stabdha: support,
prop. V1-, prop; hinder,
stabdha, p, p. p, stiff; immov-
able; obstinate,
stambha, m. a pillar, column.
stim, amd stim, 4. a, stimyati,
stimyati ; tistema, tistima ;
stimita : be moist, wet.
stri^, and stri, 5 amd 9. a. m.
strmoti, -nute, stnnati, -nite ;
tastara, tastare; starta, sta-
nta, starita; stansyati, -te,
and starisyati, -te ; prec, star-
yat, stiryat, stnsista, stan-
sista, stirsista; ast^rsit, as-
tarit, astrita, astansta, as-
tacnsta, astirsta; stnta, stima :
strow ; cover ; spread over,
vistara", m, expansion, fulness :
a long tale.
stha', 1. a, m, tistbatj, -te; tas-
thau, tasthe; sthata, sthasy-
ati, -te; stheyat, sthasista;
asthat, asthita, asthisata: p,
impers, sthiyate ; sthayit^ ;
sthayisyate, sthayisista; as-
thayi, asthayisata ; sthita :
caiM, sthapayati, -e; atisthi-
pat: stand; continue: eaics,
place, ava-, descend, depart,
a-, mount; go to; set about,
upa-, stand near, wait upon,
pra-, go forward, set out.
prati-, be occupied in.
adhisthana, n, rule, authority;
. a kingdom, city,
upastha, m. the hip.
pannistha, V. a house, dwell-
ing." \
pratistha, adj, famous : /, fame.
-stha, adj, -standing, -being.
sthavlra^ adj. firm; old.
sthana'^, n, the act of standing;
a place.
sthanu, adj, firm,
sthavara, adj, firm : m, a moun-
tain,
sthiti®, y*. the act of standing:
firmness, constancy.
sva-stha, adj. in health,
snih, 4. a. snihyati; sisneha; sne-
hita, snegdha, and snedha;
snehisyatj, and sneksyati ;
asnihat; snehitva, smhitva,
snigdhva,a7w?snidhva; snig-
dha, and snidha: love.
snigdha, p. p. p, beloved, pleas-
ing: fat, oily.
siieha, m. love: fat, oil.
sp£is, 1. a. m. spasati, -te; paspasa,
paspade ; spasita, spasisyati,
-te; aspasit, aspasista; spasta.
restrain: join.
vispasta, p, p, p, clear, distinct.
spriS, 6. a, sprisati; paspar^a;
sprasta, aiid sparsta; sprak-
syati and sparksyati; prec.
spnsyat; aspraksit, aspark-
sit, aspriksat : spnsta ; touch:
sprinkle.
sparsa, m. touch.
-spns, and -spnsa, adj. ^touch-
ing,
sphay, 1. m. sphayate; pasphaye;
sphayita; sphita: caibs. spha-
vayati ; apisphavat : grow ;
become fat.
sphita, p. p. p. swollen, turbid.
sma, an expletive; which, Jiowever,
sometimes gives a past sense
to the present tense.
smi, 1. m. smayate; sismiye;
^ Ru8. streti ; ffropwvai ; struere ;
Go. straujan.
* Fers. bistar.
' Pers. istadan; {tttjvcli; stare; Go.
standan ; Rus. 8tat\
* Rti8. star".
* Pal. thana.
« Pal tbiti.
19
142
VOCABULARY.
8inctii; smcsyate; asmcfita;
smita : smile, vi-, wonder,
vismaya, m, wonder, astonish-
mciit.
visnnta, past p. aHtonishcd.
sniaya^ m, a smile; wonder,
smita, n, laughter; a smile,
smita-purva, arfj, beginning
with a smile,
KHin', La. Hmarati; sasmara, (pi,
sasmanis;) smaila; smansya-
ti ; asmarHit : p. smaryate ;
jrrec, smru^ista, and sman-
Hii^ta: remember.
• • •
syand, 1. m. syandate; sasyande;
syandita and syanta; syan-
disyate, syantsyate, ami -ti;
usyandiHta, asyanta; asyan-
dat; syanditum, a7id syan-
tum ; syand it va, a^id syan-
tva; syanna: flow; pour out;
run to and fro.
sindliu, 7/1. a river : the Indus :
Sindi).
syandana, w. a chariot : the
name of a tree, dalbergia
ou^remensis.
srams, 1. m. fall, slip,
sru, 1. a, sravati; susrava, {du.
susruva ;) srota ; srosyati ;
asusruvat : cavs, sravayati ;
asusravat, and asisravat.
flow,
prasravana, n. a flood, stream,
srotas, n. id.
sva^, adj. own: in comp. self;
own.
svaka, adj. one's own.
svayam, indec. self,
svamm, m. a lord,
svaira, adj. free : n. free will.
Bvaig, 1. m. svajate, sasvaje, and
sasyauje ; svan-kta ; 8van*k-
syate ; asvaii*kta ; svakta :
embrace.
svan^, 1. and 10. a. svanati ; sas-
vana, (pL sasvanus, and
Rvenu8;)8vanita; svanisyati;
asvanit, and asranit : sound.
nisvana, m, a noise.
svana, ra. a sound, noiae.
sva])', 2. a. svapiti, aisvapit and
asvapat ; susvapa ; svapta ;
svapsyati; asvapsit; j9o<. svap-
yat, prec. supyat; suptva:
2), impera, supjate; supta.
sleep,
svapna^ m, sleep : a dream.
svara, m, a sound; a vo'wel.
su-svara, adj, having a pleasant
sound.
svasri'^,y. a sister.
svit, an interrogative particle.
svid", 4. a, svidyati; sisveda;
svetta; svetsyati; asvidat;
svinna, and svedita : catu,
svedayati ; asisvidat : sweat
asveda, adj. without sweat.
sveda^, m. sweat.
ha, conj. an expletive.
hamsa^*^, m. a swan; a goose.
han ' \ 2. Oi TJie old form is ghaiL
hanti, (hatas, ghnanti ;) imp.
2. jahi, (pi. hata,) hanjat,
1 pret. ahan, (ahatam, agh-
nan;) jaghana, (/?^. jaghnus;)
hanta; hanisyati; part.prea.
ghnat, perf. jaghnivas, and
jaghanvas; hatva : jt?. hanyate;
jaghne, hanta, and ghanita;
hanisyate, and ghamsyate,
ghanisista; aghani, (pi. agha-
1 Rm. smj'ex".
' memor.
' sui, suus.
* sonus.
5 Pal. sapati; Pers. xuftan; Pus.
ppat'.
^ Pers. xvub; iirvos; somnus; Go.
slepan.
7 Per8. xvahar; soror; Wei, chwaer;
Go. svistar.
8 Pal. siidati.
* Pal. seda; sudor.
^^ XV^t anser; Pus. giis.
^1 Pers. zadan.
VOCABULARY.
143
nisata, and ahasata) ; Lata :
strike, kill,
ahimsa,/ harmlessness.
-gha, 4. .-striking, -kilUng.
-ghna, adj, id,
pangha, m. a club,
vighna, n, a hindrance,
-ban, ni, -striking, -killing;
slayer,
hanu \ m. f, the jaw.
hims, 7. 1, and 10. a, m. strike,
kill.
him&kyf. harm, injury,
haya, m. a horse.
haya-kovida, adj, skilled in
horses,
haya-jnata, f. and haya-jnana,
n, a knowledge of horses,
has, 1. a. hasati; jahasa; hasita;
hasisyati; ahasit: caus. hasa-
yati: c?6«. jihasisyati : intens.
jahasyate: laugh, pra-, burst
into laughter,
panhasa, m. a joke,
-hasin, adj, -laughing,
hasta*, m, a hand; the trunk 0/
an elephant,
hastin, m. an elephant,
ha, int, alas! ah!
haha, int, from pain, or fear,
ha, 3. a, jahati, jahitas, arid jahi-
tas; jahatu (2 pers, jahihi,
jahihi a/nd jahahi); jahyat;
jahau; hata; hasyati; heyat;
ahasit ; hitva : p, hiyate ;
hina. leave, forsake,
jihma, adj, crooked; wicked,
jihma-ga, adj, going crookedly,
hina, p, p, p, forsaken; void of.
hi, conj, for,
hi, 5. a. hinoti ; jighaya ; heta ;
hesyati; ahaisit: go; send;
increase,
hetu, m, the cause of a thing.
hu, 3. a. juhoti; imper, 2. juhu-
dhi ; juhava ; hota ; hosyati;
ahausit: p, huyate ; sacrifice,
huta, p, p, p. sacrificed: n, an
offering,
liut'-asa, and hiit'-asana, m. tKe
sacrifice-eater, fire, Agni.
hotri, m, a sacrifices
hotra, n. a sacrifice,
hn, 1. a, m, harati, -te; jahara,
jahre ; harta; harisyati, -te;
aharsit, ahrita : p, hnyate ;
ahan : c?e«. jihirsati, -te : caits.
harayati, -te : seize ; take ;
carry; steal, a-, bring, vya-,
explain; speak, tell, vi-, a-
muse one's self; walk about;
spend time, live, sam-, bring
together, seize,
apaharana, n, the act of taking
away,
ahartn, m. one who brings an
offering,
ahara, adj, -bringing; m, food,
uddhrita = ut-hnta, torn up.
jihirs, desid, wish to take,
pariharya, adj, that may be
taken away, or avoided,
hari, adj, green; yellow: m,
Visnu.
hanna, adj. pale yellow.
harini,y! a doe.
harit, adj. green,
haritaki, /, the name of a plant ,
terminal la chebula.
hiranya', n, gold; wealth,
hrid, n. the heart.
aksa-hndaya, n, knowledge of
dice,
aksa-hndaya-jna, adj, skilled
in dice,
asuhnd, adj. unfriendly, hos-
tile,
suhnd, adj. friendly,
sauhrida, ti, friendship,
sauharda, n, id.
^ Ye^us; Go. kmnus.
* Pal. hattha j P«r«. dast.
3 Fal, hiranna.
14t
VOCABULARY.
hnc-chaya, ( = hridi say a, that
dwells in the heart,) m. love.
hridaya', n, heart; knowledge.
hndya, adj, pleasant,
hris, 4. a, hnsyati; jaharsa; har-
sita ; harsisyati ; ahnsat ;
hnsita, and hnsta : caus,
harsayati ; ajaharsat, and
aiilinsat : dea, nharsisati : re-
joice : stand on end, of the
hair, whether from fright or
joy*
liarsa, m. joy.
hnsta, p, p, p. delighted,
hrada, m. a lake.
hradmi,/ a rirer.
hrasva, adj, short; narrow.
hrasva-bahu, adj, short-armed.
hri* 3. a, jihreti, pL jihnyati;
jihraya and jihi'ayancakara ;
hreta ; hresyati ; ahraisit ;
hrina and hrita : be ashamed,
hlad', 1. m, hladate ; jalilade ; hla-
dita; hlanna. catis, hlada-
yati, ajihladat : be glad.
- hval, 1. a. hvalati; jahvala; ah-
valit : tremble, stagger.
vihvala, adj. agitated, troubled,
hve, 1. a. m. hvayati, -te; juhava,
juhuve ; bvata ; hvasyati,
-te; huyat, hyasista; ah vat,
ahvata, ahvasta ; huya : p,
buy ate ; ahvayi, ahvayista,
ahvata, ahvasta; huta: call;
call to. a-, call towards, chal-
lenge, sama-, call towards
one at the same time or
place.
ahava, tw. battle, war.
samahrana, n. challenge.
^ Fal. hadaya ; icapSta ; cor ; Oo.
hairto.
'. B.U8, sram"; Pen, sarm.
3 leetus. Go, bias.
A SKETCH
OP
SANSKRIT GRAMMAR.
A SKETCH OF SANSKRIT GRAMMAR'.
1. The Sanskrit alphabet consists of forty-seven letters, of which
thirty- three are consonants : these last are airanged according to the
vocal organs on which they depend.
Vowels :
., «,, 1, 1, u, u, n, n, e, ai, o,
a, a.
au.
Consonants :
hard.
r ▼
k
kh
g
gt
n.
1 °
•t5 ch
1 >
•
00
.5 t
g th
i ^
1 t
3 th
1 ^
P^
S dh
.« n
s
f3
p
ph
b
bh
m
hard.
x&
s
-n
9
s
•— 1
•
• pH
^
•53
s
Gutturals,
Palatals,
Cerebrals,
Dentals,
Labials,
Semivowels, y, r, 1, v.
The simple aspirate, h.
To these must be added m, which is a slight nasal, called anu-
svara, and h, a soft aspirate, called visarga.
Each consonant is named by addiug a short a; as ka, ca, ta,
ta, pa.
The letter h here added to ten of the consonants shows that
these letters are to be followed by an aspiration which does not
change the sound of the letter itself!
2. The letters are divided into hard and soft. The Iiard con-
sonants are k, c, t, t, p, with their aspirates, as well as the sibilants ;
the remaining consonants and all the vowels are soft.
^ The substance of this sketch is from Wilson's Grammar.
148
A SKETCH OF SANSKRIT GRAMMAR.
3. The vowels have the following relations with each other :
a+ a =a
a+ 1 =e
a+ u =0
a+ a =a
a+ i =e
a+ u =0
a+ n = ar
•
a4- e =ai
a+ ai =ai
a+ o =au
a + au = au
a+ a =a
a+ 1 =ai
a+ u =au
a+ a =a
a+ i =ai
a + u = au
a+ n = ar
a+ e =ai
a + ai = ai
a+ o =.au
a + au = au
The change in a vowel caused by prefixing a is called guna ; and
that caused by prefixing a, is called vnddhi.
1
y, oeiore
any
vowel
exce]
pt 1, or L
u
V
. »
n
u, or u
av
»
n
»
au
I becomes \
av
»
>>
>>
n
•
r, before
any
vowel.
e
ay
»
ai
. ay
)f
4. Mutation of consonants, (a) When two consonants come
together, without any intervening vowel, they must be either hath
Iw/rd or both soft, the former of the two being made to agree with
the latter; thus tg, becomes dg, and dt becomes tt. (6) If the
former of two consonants is an aspirate, it must be changed to its
corresponding imaspirated letter ; thus dhdh becomes ddh, .and bhdh
becomes bdh. (c) A final hard consonant becomes soft, and a final
aspirated consonant becomes unaspirated ; but a final hard consonant
may be retained before a pause, {d) A final palatal may be changed
to a guttural, {e) A dental preceding either a palatal, or a cerebral,
(except s), is changed to the corresponding letter of that class.
(/) If a grammatical inflection begins with a dental, that letter is
changed to a cerebral, when added to a word ending in a cerebral,
(g) A dental letter before 1 is changed to 1. (A) A final consonant
may be changed into its own nasal before any word beginning with a
nasal, (i) n must be written for n, whenever the latter follows n, r,
or s, either immediately, or with the intervention of a guttural, a
A SKETCH OF SANSKRIT GRAMMAR. 149
Idbialy a vowel, y, v, hy msarga, or an anusvara derived from n or m.
But if the n is final it must not be changed, (k) [a] ch is substi-
tuted for &y whenever the latter follows any consonant except a semi-
vowel, nasal, or sibilant ; thus tat Srutva = tac srutva, by (e),
= tac chrutva, by (k),
[13] When n ends a word and d follows, the n must be written n,
and & may be changed to ch. (l) s not final becomes s after any
vowel except a or a (even with the intervention of anusvara or
visarga), and also after the semivowel r or 1, or after k. (m) s before
s becomes k ; and a final s is usually changed to t, but sometimes it
becomes k. (n) s becomes § before a palatal, and s becomes s before
a cerebral, (o) s is dropped from stha, and stambh, when the pre-
position ut is prefixed, (p) When h follows any consonant that has
an aspirate, that letter must be made soft, and then its aspirate may
be substituted for h ; thus vak harati becomes vag harati, for which
we may write vag gharati. (q) A final y or v, preceded by a or a,
may be dropped before any vowel, (r) t may be inserted before a
word beginning with ch, if the preceding word ends in a short vowel ;
it may also be inserted if the preceding word ends in a loDg vowel
or has a long vowel immediately before its last syllable ; and it may
likewise be inserted after the particles a and ma prefixed to verbal
inflexions or derivatives beginning with ch.
5. Visarga. h, s, and r are mutually interchangeable, (a) A
final s becomes h at the end of a verse or sentence; and it may
be so changed before a sibilant, or before a hard letter followed by a
sibilant, or a hard gvUwral of labial, (b) A final s becomes r after
any vowel except a or a, the s being before any sof^ letter, (c) A
final syllable as becomes o, when followed by a word beginning with
a or a soft consonant, this a being rejected, and its place being
marked by an apostrophe, (d) s final in the nom. mas. of the
pronouns tat, etat is usually omitted, (e) s final, preceded by a, is
dropped before any vowel except a; and, when preceded by a, is
dropped befoi-e any soft letter.
6. Numher and Gender, There are three numbers and three
genders; the dual number being found in nouns, pronoims, and
verbs ; but there is no variation for gender in the verbs.
7. Nouns, Nouns have eight cases, which are arranged in the
following order :
1. Nominative. 2 Accusative. 3. Instrumental. 4. Dative.
5. Ablative. 6. Genitive. 7. Locative. 8. Vocative. The instru-
20
150 A. SKETCH OF SANSKRIT GRAMMAR.
mental has the sense of by or vyith ; the ablative, that of from ; and
the locative, of in^ or on.
The changes made for numl)er and case will be seen in Table I,
in which each noun is arranged according to its final letter.
8. Adjectives, Adjectives are declined like nouns, their termina-
tions varying according to the gender, (a) The cortipa/rative is fonned
by adding tara, m. as, n, am, f, a, and the superlative by adding
tama to the crude form ; as punyas, -am, -a, holy, punyataras, -am,
-a, more Iwly^ pmiyatamas, -am, -a, mx)8t holy, A final n is rejected
before these terminations, and the affix vas in participles becomes t ;
as yuvan, young; yuvatara, younger; yuvatama, youngest; vidvas,
vnse; vidvattara, wiser; vidvattama, udsest, (b) Some adjectives
add iyas for the comparative, and istha for the superlative ; thus
bala, strong, baliyas, stronger; m, -iyan, n. -iyas,^ -iyasi; balistha,
strongest, m, isthas, n, -istham,^! istha.
9. Numerals, These are either cardinals or ordinals; the latter
are all declinable, and some of the former, according to Table 11.
10. Pronouns, The personal pronouns of the first and second
persons are, asmat, the crude form of aham, /, and yusmat, the crude
form of tvam, thou. Adjective pronouns are declined like sarva, aU,
The declensions will be found in Table III.
11. Verbs, {a) The moods and tenses of Sanskrit verbs are as
follows ;
1. Indicative mood, present tense.
2. 1st preterite, denoting an action recently
past or not completed.
3. 2nd preterite, denoting an action abso-
lutely past.
4. 3rd preterite, denoting an action past of
any period, especially very remote.
5. 1st future, properly an agent with the
present tense of the verb to be^
6. 2nd future, denoting an action indefinitely
future.
7. Imperative mood.
8. Potential mood.
9. Prscative mood.
10. Conditional mood.
^ In Russian the past tense is an agent or participle, not varjing for the
person, but for gender and number.
A SKETCH OF SANSKRIT GRAMMAR. 151
(b) There are three Voices, viz. Active, Middle, and Passive, The
terminations marking the various tenses and moods will be found in
Table IV j and it must be remembered that the Passive in most
cases takes the terminations belonging to the Middle voice. Before
these terminations are attached, the root usually undergoes some
modification. In connection with these changes, the verbs are
arranged in ten classes or. conjugations ; but, with the exception of
the tenth conjugation, the roots limit these changes to the Present,
and 1st Preterite, Tenses, with the Imperative, and Potential Moods.
These four are therefore called the conjugational Tenses, (c) Second
Preterite, [a] If a root ends in a, the a which ends certain persons
becomes au. [fi] There is usually a reduplication of a letter at the
beginning of the root. Thus, if the root begins with the vowel a, that^
vowel becomes a, as, ad, eat, ada, / did eat. But if the a is followed
by a double consonant, an is prefixed; as, arc, worship, anarca, / wor-
shipped, [y] If a verb begins with i or u, the substitutes are either
ly and uv or i and u; thus, i, go, becomes lyaya, / went, lyetha,
thou wentest; ukha, wither, uvokha, it withered; iyatus, tliey two
went, ukhatus, they two vnthered, [8] An initial n becomes ar; as
ri, go, ara, I went: but when followed by a consonant it inserts n;
as, rij, he firm, annje, m. it was fi/rm, [c] A root beginning with a
single consonant, which is neither a guttural nor an aspirate, doubles
that consonant; as pac, cook, papaca, / cooked, [f] An initial gvi-
tural is changed to its corresponding unaspirated palatal, and h is
changed to j : thus kn, make, cakara ; khan, dig, cakhana; grab,
take, jagraha ; ghas, eat, jaghasa ; hri, take, jahara. \rj\ Sometimes
the reduplication of a semivowel is the corresponding vowel ; as, yaj,
sacrifice, lyaja ; vac, say, uvaca. \6\ An aspirated consonant substi-
tutes its corresponding unaspirated letter ; as, bhram, whirl, babhra-
ma. [t] When the initial is a double consonant, the former only is
repeated ; as, sri, serve, sisraya. But if the double letter is a sibilant
followed by a Jiard consonant, the latter is doubled ; as, stu, praise,
tustava ; stha, stand, tasthau ; while if the second letter is soft, the
sibilant is doubled; as, smn, remefmber, sasmara. If a sibilant is
followed by a hard consonant and y, the middle letter is repeated;
as scyut, ooze, cuscyota. [k] The vowel of the reduplication is a for
a root whose medial vowel is a, a, ri, ri, or whose final is e, ai, or o ;
as, kn, wAike, cakara ; bha, shine, babhau ; gai, si'iig, jagau, a is also
the vowel in the reduplication of bhu, be, babhuva. [\] Any other
short vowel, whether medial or final, is repeated ; as, mud, be
152
A SKETCH OF SANSKRIT GRAMMAR.
pleased, mumude. A long vowel is made short; as, sik, sprinkle^
didike. For a medial diphthong the corresponding short vowel is'
used : as, pel, go, pipela ; lok, see, luloka. [/x] Verbs which have a
as their middle vowel, and which begin and end in a simple con-
sonant, of which the former would be unchangeable in reduplication,
do not allow reduplication before those terminations which begin
with a vowel, or before an i inserted before any termination, but
such verbs change the a into e; as from pac, 2 pret, 3 pers. papaca,
pecatus, pecus; 1st pers, papaca, peciva, pecima. [v] There is ano-
ther form of the 2nd preterite made up of the root, followed by the
syllable am, and the second preterite of either as, be, bhii, be, or kn,
make, do; as, edh, increase.
S. 1.
edhamasa
edharnbabhuva
edhancakre
2.
edhamasitha
edham babhu vitha
edhancaknse
3.
edhamasa
edharnbabhuva
edhancakre
D. 1.
edhamasiva
edhambabh u vi va
edhancaknvahe
2.
edhamasathus
edham babhu vathus
edhancakrathe
3.
edhamasatus
edhambabhuvatus
edhancakrate
F. 1.
edhamasiina
ed hambabh u vima
edhancakrimahe
2.
edhamasa
edhambabhuva
edhaiicakridhve
3.
edhamasus
edham babhu vu s
edhancakrire
This form of the second preterite is taken by all verbs of more
than one syllable, as well as all derivative verbs. In this form
as and bhu take the active voice, and kri follows the voice proper
to the root, (d) The remaining tenses call for no especial remarks,
their forms being given in the tables of verbs, (e) [a] In the Jirst
conjugation, the vowel a is inserted in the root before a vowel either
medial or final, and also a before the terminations beginning with a
consonant, which last is changed to a before v and m; thus bhii
becomes bho, before a vowel bhav, while ji becomes je, and before a
vowel jay. [)8] In the second conjugation the terminations are added
to the root without the intervention of a vowel. An a is sometimes
inserted before the middle or final vowel of the root; but a long
vowel is unaltered, [y] In the third conjugation the radical syllable
undergoes reduplication. [8] In the fourth conjugation ya is inserted
between the root and the terminations of the conjugatioual tenses,
[c] In the jfifth conjugation nu is added to the root, [f] In the sixth
conjugation, the vowel of the root is unchanged, but a is inserted
before the terminations, [rf] In the seventh conjugation na or n is
inserted before the final consonant of the root [0] In the eighth
conjugation u or o is inserted before the terminations, [t] In the
A SKETCH OF SANSKRIT GRAMMAR. 153
ninth conjugation na, ni, and n are inserted before the terminations.
\k\ In the tenth conjugation a is inserted before a medial vowel and
ay is affixed to the root. (/) Any verb may be made causal by
adding to the root the vowel i, which becomes ay before a vowel;
the vowel a being prefixed to the radical vowel, thus bhii becomes
bhau, which is changed to bhavi, and before a vowel to bhavay.
{g) A verb becomes a desiderative by reduplication and the addition
of s. The vowel of reduplication is i, for a medial or final a, a, i, i,
n, ri, e, or ai; and the vowel is u, for u, u, o, or au. When a root
begins with a vowel, the reduplication is the radical syllable itself
followed by the final consonant with i prefixed, (h) In freqvsntatives
the root is doubled. A verb beginning with a vowel repeats the
whole, lengthening the syllable of the root. There are various
modifications of the vowels, (i) Participles are either declinable or
indeclinable, [a] The Present Participle Active is formed by chang-
ing into at, the termination of the 3rd pi. of the present tense. It is
declined like tudat. [)8] The Present Participle Middle is formed by
adding ana to the same termination; but when, as in the Jirst,
/ourthy siocth, and tenth conjugations, the inflective base ends in a,
then mana is added for the participle. These middle participles are
declined like nouns in a, as pacamanas, pacamana, pacamanam. [y]
Participles of the second preterite. The active is formed by adding vas
to the inflective base, as it occurs before the terminations of the
dual and plural numbers of the second preterite. The augment i is
inserted after certain verbs. These participles are declined in the
three genders as, from i, go; iyivas; nom. iyivan, m, iyusi,^! iyivat,
n. : kn, do, caknvas ; nom, caknvan, m, cakrusi, /. caknvat, n.
The middle participle of the second preterite is formed by adding ana
to the inflective base as it occurs before the termination of the third
person plural; thus pac, cook, makes pecana; vac, speak, ucana.
[8] The indefinite past participle active is formed by adding to the
root tavat; as kritavat, having made. It is used commonly with the
verb as, he. The passive participle of the indefinitely past is formed
by adding ta to the root, as knta. This ta is sometimes changed to
na. [c] ThQ future active participle is formed from the second future
tense by changing the termination ati of the 3rd pei-s. sing, to at, for
the active voice, and mana for the middle, [f ] Future participles of
fitness, likelihood, or necessity/, are formed by adding to the root the
affixes tavya, aniya, or ya. These are declined in three genders; the
feminine frequently being used as a noun, [rj] Indeclinable parti-
154
A SKETCH OF SANSKRIT GRAMMAR.
ciples. There are two participles of the past tense which admit of
neither gender, number, nor case. They are generally formed from
the past passive participle by changing ta into tva, or da into dva;
but when the verb has a preposition before it, the affix is tya,
afler a short vowel, and ya after a long one. (k) InfinUi/oe Mood.
This is an indeclinable noun and may be formed from the first future
by changing ta into tum *.
^ In the Vooabolaiy are inserted the chief tenses of all the verbs occurring
in Nala. These forms are from Westergaard, Radices hnguaB SanscntaB.
CAMBRIDGE: PRINTED BY C. J. CLAY, M.A. AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.
'\j
k
miiiiiiiiiiiii
3 bios 005 >1S3 S35
PK
3631
N3
1882
Stanford University libraries
Stanford, Gdif omia
Rtftnni tliit Imk^ on or belore date doo*
9^^
.^
^ r> *^
\ ^.
JUN - ^ ^99^
.<
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11